mirror of
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/git/emacs.git
synced 2024-12-18 10:16:51 +00:00
d5749adb29
descent value are larger than those in max_bounds field, use the former.
7460 lines
212 KiB
C
7460 lines
212 KiB
C
/* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
|
||
Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
||
|
||
GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||
any later version.
|
||
|
||
GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||
|
||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||
along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||
|
||
/* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
|
||
|
||
/* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
|
||
/* On HP-UX 8.0 signal.h loses if it comes after config.h. */
|
||
/* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
|
||
#include <signal.h>
|
||
|
||
#include <config.h>
|
||
|
||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
|
||
|
||
#include "lisp.h"
|
||
#include "blockinput.h"
|
||
|
||
/* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
|
||
by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
|
||
#include "syssignal.h"
|
||
|
||
/* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
|
||
if this is not done before the other system files. */
|
||
#include "xterm.h"
|
||
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
|
||
|
||
#ifndef USG
|
||
/* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
|
||
In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
|
||
#ifndef makedev
|
||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||
#endif /* makedev */
|
||
#endif /* USG */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef BSD_SYSTEM
|
||
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
|
||
#endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
|
||
|
||
#include "systty.h"
|
||
#include "systime.h"
|
||
|
||
#ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
|
||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||
#endif
|
||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||
#include <errno.h>
|
||
#include <setjmp.h>
|
||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||
/* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
|
||
/* #include <sys/param.h> */
|
||
|
||
#include "charset.h"
|
||
#include "ccl.h"
|
||
#include "frame.h"
|
||
#include "fontset.h"
|
||
#include "dispextern.h"
|
||
#include "termhooks.h"
|
||
#include "termopts.h"
|
||
#include "termchar.h"
|
||
#if 0
|
||
#include "sink.h"
|
||
#include "sinkmask.h"
|
||
#endif /* ! 0 */
|
||
#include "gnu.h"
|
||
#include "disptab.h"
|
||
#include "buffer.h"
|
||
#include "window.h"
|
||
#include "keyboard.h"
|
||
#include "intervals.h"
|
||
#include "process.h"
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
#include <X11/Shell.h>
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
extern void free_frame_menubar ();
|
||
extern FRAME_PTR x_menubar_window_to_frame ();
|
||
#if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
|
||
#define HACK_EDITRES
|
||
extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
|
||
#endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
#define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
||
#define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
#include "widget.h"
|
||
#ifndef XtNinitialState
|
||
#define XtNinitialState "initialState"
|
||
#endif
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE
|
||
/* So we can do setlocale. */
|
||
#include <locale.h>
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef SOLARIS2
|
||
/* memmove will be defined as a macro in Xfuncs.h unless
|
||
<string.h> is included beforehand. The declaration for memmove in
|
||
<string.h> will cause a syntax error when Xfuncs.h later includes it. */
|
||
#include <string.h>
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef min
|
||
#define min(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a) : (b))
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifndef max
|
||
#define max(a,b) ((a)>(b) ? (a) : (b))
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in use. */
|
||
struct x_display_info *x_display_list;
|
||
|
||
/* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
|
||
one for each element of x_display_list and in the same order.
|
||
NAME is the name of the frame.
|
||
FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
|
||
Lisp_Object x_display_name_list;
|
||
|
||
/* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
|
||
This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
|
||
XT functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
|
||
In that case, the XT functions assume that `selected_frame'
|
||
is the frame to apply to. */
|
||
extern struct frame *updating_frame;
|
||
|
||
extern int waiting_for_input;
|
||
|
||
/* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within XTread_socket. */
|
||
struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
/* The application context for Xt use. */
|
||
XtAppContext Xt_app_con;
|
||
|
||
static String Xt_default_resources[] =
|
||
{
|
||
0
|
||
};
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */
|
||
|
||
static int flexlines;
|
||
|
||
/* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */
|
||
|
||
static int highlight;
|
||
|
||
/* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
|
||
During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */
|
||
|
||
static int curs_x;
|
||
static int curs_y;
|
||
|
||
/* Mouse movement.
|
||
|
||
Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in STANDARD_EVENT_MASK)
|
||
so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
|
||
event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
|
||
slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
|
||
|
||
Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
|
||
|
||
In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
|
||
of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
|
||
the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
|
||
one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
|
||
other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
|
||
example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
|
||
get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
|
||
is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
|
||
tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
|
||
is off. */
|
||
|
||
/* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
|
||
static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
|
||
static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph;
|
||
|
||
static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
|
||
|
||
/* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
|
||
|
||
If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
|
||
so XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
|
||
an ordinary motion.
|
||
|
||
If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
|
||
to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
|
||
static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
|
||
|
||
/* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
|
||
return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
|
||
doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server
|
||
along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
|
||
of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
|
||
it's somewhat accurate. */
|
||
static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
|
||
|
||
/* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */
|
||
#ifdef __STDC__
|
||
static int volatile input_signal_count;
|
||
#else
|
||
static int input_signal_count;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
|
||
static int x_noop_count;
|
||
|
||
/* Initial values of argv and argc. */
|
||
extern char **initial_argv;
|
||
extern int initial_argc;
|
||
|
||
extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
|
||
|
||
/* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
|
||
|
||
extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager;
|
||
|
||
extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
|
||
|
||
extern int errno;
|
||
|
||
/* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
|
||
extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
|
||
|
||
static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
|
||
|
||
extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources ();
|
||
|
||
extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type ();
|
||
|
||
void x_delete_display ();
|
||
|
||
static void redraw_previous_char ();
|
||
static void redraw_following_char ();
|
||
static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers ();
|
||
|
||
static int fast_find_position ();
|
||
static void note_mouse_highlight ();
|
||
static void clear_mouse_face ();
|
||
static void show_mouse_face ();
|
||
static void do_line_dance ();
|
||
|
||
static void XTcursor_to ();
|
||
static void XTclear_end_of_line ();
|
||
static int x_io_error_quitter ();
|
||
int x_catch_errors ();
|
||
void x_uncatch_errors ();
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* This is a function useful for recording debugging information
|
||
about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
|
||
|
||
struct record
|
||
{
|
||
char *locus;
|
||
int type;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
struct record event_record[100];
|
||
|
||
int event_record_index;
|
||
|
||
record_event (locus, type)
|
||
char *locus;
|
||
int type;
|
||
{
|
||
if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
|
||
event_record_index = 0;
|
||
|
||
event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
|
||
event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
|
||
event_record_index++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif /* 0 */
|
||
|
||
/* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
|
||
|
||
struct x_display_info *
|
||
x_display_info_for_display (dpy)
|
||
Display *dpy;
|
||
{
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
|
||
for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
|
||
if (dpyinfo->display == dpy)
|
||
return dpyinfo;
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Starting and ending updates.
|
||
|
||
These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end
|
||
of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity
|
||
of the frame being updated, so that the XT... functions do not
|
||
need to take a frame as argument. Most of the XT... functions
|
||
should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions
|
||
being XTcursor_to, XTwrite_glyphs and XTreassert_line_highlight. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTupdate_begin (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
|
||
if (f == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
flexlines = f->height;
|
||
highlight = 0;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
||
curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
||
|
||
if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* If the frame needs to be redrawn,
|
||
simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */
|
||
if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
if (!NILP (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
||
{
|
||
int firstline, lastline, i;
|
||
struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);
|
||
|
||
/* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */
|
||
for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++)
|
||
if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
lastline = f->height;
|
||
for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
|
||
break;
|
||
else
|
||
lastline = i;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
|
||
where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
|
||
Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
|
||
in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
|
||
are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
|
||
if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
|
||
|| lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
|
||
clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTupdate_end (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
do_line_dance ();
|
||
x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, curs_y);
|
||
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* This fails in the case of having updated only the echo area
|
||
if we have switched buffers. In that case, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS
|
||
has no relation to the current contents, and its charstarts
|
||
have no relation to the contents of the window-buffer.
|
||
I don't know a clean way to check
|
||
for that case. window_end_valid isn't set up yet. */
|
||
if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
||
note_mouse_highlight (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTframe_up_to_date (f)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
|
||
|| f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
||
{
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
||
note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* External interface to control of standout mode.
|
||
Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
||
and not change whether it is highlighted. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
|
||
int new, vpos;
|
||
{
|
||
highlight = new;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
||
and change whether it is highlighted. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTchange_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos)
|
||
int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos;
|
||
{
|
||
highlight = new_highlight;
|
||
XTcursor_to (vpos, 0);
|
||
XTclear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (updating_frame));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend.
|
||
When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing must be done
|
||
to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTset_terminal_modes ()
|
||
{
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.
|
||
Exiting will make the X-windows go away, and suspending
|
||
requires no action. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTreset_terminal_modes ()
|
||
{
|
||
/* XTclear_frame (); */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame.
|
||
This is where display update commands will take effect.
|
||
This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTcursor_to (row, col)
|
||
register int row, col;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
int orow = row;
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
|
||
f = updating_frame;
|
||
if (f == 0)
|
||
f = selected_frame;
|
||
|
||
curs_x = col;
|
||
if (curs_x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f))
|
||
curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1;
|
||
|
||
curs_y = row;
|
||
|
||
if (updating_frame == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1, curs_x, curs_y);
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Return a pointer to per char metric information in FONT of a
|
||
character pointed by B (*XChar2b). */
|
||
|
||
#define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b) \
|
||
((font)->per_char \
|
||
? ((font)->per_char + (b)->byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 \
|
||
+ (((font)->min_byte1 || (font)->max_byte1) \
|
||
? (((b)->byte1 - (font)->min_byte1) \
|
||
* ((font)->max_char_or_byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) \
|
||
: 0)) \
|
||
: &((font)->max_bounds))
|
||
|
||
/* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
|
||
WINDOW is the x-window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
|
||
HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
|
||
3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
|
||
JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
|
||
don't alter the background.
|
||
|
||
CMPCHARP if non NULL is a pointer to the struct cmpchar_info, which
|
||
means drawing glyphs on the same column. This is set to non NULL
|
||
only when recursively called within dumpglyphs to draw a composite
|
||
character specified by CMPCHAR.
|
||
|
||
FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0).
|
||
|
||
Since the display generation code is responsible for calling
|
||
compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in
|
||
the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each
|
||
glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one
|
||
to which we can actually apply intern_face.
|
||
Call this function with input blocked.
|
||
|
||
Return overall pixel width of the drawn glyphs. */
|
||
|
||
#if 1
|
||
/* This is the multi-face code. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground, cmpcharp)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int left, top;
|
||
register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
|
||
register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
|
||
int hl;
|
||
int just_foreground;
|
||
struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Holds characters to be displayed. */
|
||
XChar2b *x_2byte_buffer
|
||
= (XChar2b *) alloca (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * sizeof (*x_2byte_buffer));
|
||
register XChar2b *cp; /* Steps through x_2byte_buffer[]. */
|
||
char *x_1byte_buffer
|
||
= (char *) alloca (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * sizeof (*x_1byte_buffer));
|
||
register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
|
||
register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
|
||
Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
int orig_left = left;
|
||
int gidx = 0;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
while (n > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */
|
||
int cf, len;
|
||
GLYPH g = *gp;
|
||
int ch, charset;
|
||
Lisp_Object first_ch;
|
||
/* HIGHEST and LOWEST are used while drawing a composite
|
||
character. The meanings are described later. */
|
||
int highest, lowest;
|
||
|
||
GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
||
cf = (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->face_work : FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g));
|
||
ch = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
|
||
if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
|
||
&& SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch)
|
||
&& (ch >= 0240
|
||
|| (ch >= 0200 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
|
||
ch = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (ch);
|
||
if (gidx == 0) XSETFASTINT (first_ch, ch);
|
||
charset = CHAR_CHARSET (ch);
|
||
if (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We must draw components of the composite character on the
|
||
same column. */
|
||
cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (ch)];
|
||
|
||
/* Set the face in the slot for work. */
|
||
cmpcharp->face_work = cf;
|
||
|
||
/* We don't need the return value ... */
|
||
dumpglyphs (f, left, top, cmpcharp->glyph, cmpcharp->glyph_len,
|
||
hl, just_foreground, cmpcharp);
|
||
/* ... because the width of just drawn text can be
|
||
calculated as follows. */
|
||
left += FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) * cmpcharp->width;
|
||
|
||
++gp, --n;
|
||
while (gp && (*gp & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING)) ++gp, --n;
|
||
cmpcharp = NULL;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find the run of consecutive glyphs which can be drawn with
|
||
the same GC (i.e. the same charset and the same face-code).
|
||
Extract their character codes into X_2BYTE_BUFFER.
|
||
If CMPCHARP is not NULL, face-code is not checked because we
|
||
use only the face specified in `cmpcharp->face_work'. */
|
||
cp = x_2byte_buffer;
|
||
while (n > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
int this_charset, c1, c2;
|
||
|
||
g = *gp;
|
||
GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
||
ch = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
|
||
if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
|
||
&& SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch)
|
||
&& (ch >= 0240
|
||
|| (ch >= 0200 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
|
||
ch = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (ch);
|
||
SPLIT_CHAR (ch, this_charset, c1, c2);
|
||
if (this_charset != charset
|
||
|| (cmpcharp == NULL && FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf))
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (c2 > 0)
|
||
cp->byte1 = c1, cp->byte2 = c2;
|
||
else
|
||
cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = c1;
|
||
++cp;
|
||
++gp, --n;
|
||
while (gp && (*gp & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING))
|
||
++gp, --n;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* LEN gets the length of the run. */
|
||
len = cp - x_2byte_buffer;
|
||
/* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values
|
||
determined by the face code CF. */
|
||
{
|
||
struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f);
|
||
XFontStruct *font = NULL;
|
||
GC gc;
|
||
int stippled = 0;
|
||
int line_height = f->output_data.x->line_height;
|
||
/* Pixel width of each glyph in this run. */
|
||
int glyph_width
|
||
= (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)
|
||
* (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->width : CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)));
|
||
/* Overall pixel width of this run. */
|
||
int run_width
|
||
= (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)
|
||
* (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->width : len * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)));
|
||
/* A flag to tell if we have already filled background. We
|
||
fill background in advance in the following cases:
|
||
1) A face has stipple.
|
||
2) A height of font is shorter than LINE_HEIGHT.
|
||
3) Drawing a composite character.
|
||
4) Font has non-zero _MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET property.
|
||
After filling background, we draw glyphs by XDrawString16. */
|
||
int background_filled;
|
||
/* Baseline position of a character, offset from TOP. */
|
||
int baseline;
|
||
/* The property value of `_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE' and
|
||
`_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT'. */
|
||
int relative_compose = 0, default_ascent = 0;
|
||
/* 1 if we find no font or a font of inappropriate size. */
|
||
int require_clipping;
|
||
|
||
/* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */
|
||
if (hl == 3)
|
||
cf = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;
|
||
|
||
/* First look at the face of the text itself. */
|
||
if (cf != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* It's possible for the display table to specify
|
||
a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */
|
||
if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
|
||
|| FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
|
||
cf = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (cf == 1)
|
||
face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
||
else
|
||
face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
|
||
if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
||
stippled = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */
|
||
else if (hl == 0)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (hl == 1)
|
||
{
|
||
face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
||
if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
||
stippled = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define FACE_DEFAULT (~0)
|
||
|
||
/* Setting appropriate font and gc for this charset. */
|
||
if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
|
||
{
|
||
int font_id;
|
||
int fontset = FACE_FONTSET (face);
|
||
struct font_info *fontp;
|
||
|
||
if ((fontset < 0 && (fontset = FRAME_FONTSET (f)) < 0)
|
||
|| !(fontp = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f),
|
||
charset, NULL, fontset)))
|
||
goto font_not_found;
|
||
|
||
font = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
|
||
gc = FACE_NON_ASCII_GC (face);
|
||
XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, font->fid);
|
||
baseline
|
||
= (font->max_byte1 != 0
|
||
? (line_height + font->ascent - font->descent) / 2
|
||
: f->output_data.x->font_baseline - fontp->baseline_offset);
|
||
if (FONT_HEIGHT (font) <= line_height
|
||
&& (font->ascent > baseline
|
||
|| font->descent > line_height - baseline))
|
||
/* Adjust baseline for this font to show the whole
|
||
glyphs in a line. */
|
||
baseline = line_height - font->descent;
|
||
|
||
if (cmpcharp && cmpcharp->cmp_rule == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
relative_compose = fontp->relative_compose;
|
||
default_ascent = fontp->default_ascent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We have to change code points in the following cases. */
|
||
if (fontp->font_encoder)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This font requires CCL program to calculate code
|
||
point of characters. */
|
||
struct ccl_program *ccl = fontp->font_encoder;
|
||
|
||
if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
|
||
for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
|
||
{
|
||
ccl->reg[0] = charset;
|
||
ccl->reg[1] = cp->byte2;
|
||
ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
|
||
/* We assume that MSBs are appropriately
|
||
set/reset by CCL program. */
|
||
if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */
|
||
cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
|
||
else
|
||
cp->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
|
||
{
|
||
ccl->reg[0] = charset;
|
||
ccl->reg[1] = cp->byte1, ccl->reg[2] = cp->byte2;
|
||
ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
|
||
/* We assume that MSBs are appropriately
|
||
set/reset by CCL program. */
|
||
if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */
|
||
cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
|
||
else
|
||
cp->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (fontp->encoding[charset])
|
||
{
|
||
int enc = fontp->encoding[charset];
|
||
|
||
if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
|
||
for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
|
||
cp->byte1 |= 0x80;
|
||
if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
|
||
for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
|
||
cp->byte2 |= 0x80;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
font_not_found:
|
||
if (charset == CHARSET_ASCII || charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
|
||
{
|
||
font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
||
if (!font || font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
|
||
font = f->output_data.x->font;
|
||
baseline = FONT_BASE (f->output_data.x->font);
|
||
if (charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
|
||
{
|
||
if (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80)
|
||
/* This font can't display Latin1 characters. */
|
||
font = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
|
||
cp->byte2 |= 0x80;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
gc = FACE_GC (face);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */
|
||
if (hl == 2)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The cursor overrides stippling. */
|
||
stippled = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (font == f->output_data.x->font
|
||
&& face->background == f->output_data.x->background_pixel
|
||
&& face->foreground == f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel
|
||
&& !cmpcharp)
|
||
{
|
||
gc = f->output_data.x->cursor_gc;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
XGCValues xgcv;
|
||
unsigned long mask;
|
||
|
||
xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
|
||
xgcv.foreground = face->background;
|
||
/* If the glyph would be invisible,
|
||
try a different foreground. */
|
||
if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
|
||
xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
|
||
if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
|
||
xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel;
|
||
if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
|
||
xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
|
||
/* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
|
||
if (xgcv.background == face->background
|
||
&& xgcv.foreground == face->foreground)
|
||
{
|
||
xgcv.background = face->foreground;
|
||
xgcv.foreground = face->background;
|
||
}
|
||
xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
|
||
mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
|
||
if (font)
|
||
{
|
||
xgcv.font = font->fid;
|
||
mask |= GCFont;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
|
||
XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
|
||
mask, &xgcv);
|
||
else
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
|
||
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, mask, &xgcv);
|
||
gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* If this code is restored, it must also reset to the default stipple
|
||
if necessary. */
|
||
if (face->stipple && face->stipple != FACE_DEFAULT)
|
||
XSetStipple (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, face->stipple);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (font)
|
||
require_clipping = (!NILP (Vclip_large_size_font)
|
||
&& (font->ascent > baseline
|
||
|| font->descent > line_height - baseline
|
||
|| (!cmpcharp
|
||
&& FONT_WIDTH (font) > glyph_width)));
|
||
|
||
if (font && (just_foreground || (cmpcharp && gidx > 0)))
|
||
background_filled = 1;
|
||
else if (stippled)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Turn stipple on. */
|
||
XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
|
||
|
||
/* Draw stipple or background color on background. */
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left, top, run_width, line_height);
|
||
|
||
/* Turn stipple off. */
|
||
XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillSolid);
|
||
|
||
background_filled = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!font
|
||
|| FONT_HEIGHT (font) < line_height
|
||
|| FONT_WIDTH (font) < glyph_width
|
||
|| cmpcharp)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Fill a area for the current run in background pixle of GC. */
|
||
XGCValues xgcv;
|
||
unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle;
|
||
|
||
/* The current code at first set foreground to background,
|
||
fill the area, then recover the original foreground.
|
||
Aren't there any smarter ways? */
|
||
|
||
XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, mask, &xgcv);
|
||
XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, xgcv.background);
|
||
XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillSolid);
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left, top, run_width, line_height);
|
||
XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, xgcv.foreground);
|
||
|
||
background_filled = 1;
|
||
if (cmpcharp)
|
||
/* To assure not to fill background while drawing
|
||
remaining components. */
|
||
just_foreground = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
background_filled = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (font)
|
||
{
|
||
if (require_clipping)
|
||
{
|
||
Region region; /* Region used for setting clip mask to GC. */
|
||
XPoint x[4]; /* Data used for creating REGION. */
|
||
|
||
x[0].x = x[3].x = left, x[1].x = x[2].x = left + glyph_width;
|
||
x[0].y = x[1].y = top, x[2].y = x[3].y = top + line_height;
|
||
region = XPolygonRegion (x, 4, EvenOddRule);
|
||
XSetRegion (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, region);
|
||
XDestroyRegion (region);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!cmpcharp)
|
||
{
|
||
if (require_clipping || FONT_WIDTH (font) != glyph_width)
|
||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (require_clipping && i > 0)
|
||
XSetClipOrigin (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
|
||
glyph_width * i, 0);
|
||
if (background_filled)
|
||
XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left + glyph_width * i,
|
||
top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
|
||
else
|
||
XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left + glyph_width * i,
|
||
top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* See if this whole buffer can be output as 8-bit chars.
|
||
If so, copy x_2byte_buffer to x_1byte_buffer
|
||
and do it as 8-bit chars. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (x_2byte_buffer[i].byte1 != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
x_1byte_buffer[i] = x_2byte_buffer[i].byte2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (i == len)
|
||
{
|
||
if (background_filled)
|
||
XDrawString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left, top + baseline, x_1byte_buffer, len);
|
||
else
|
||
XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left, top + baseline, x_1byte_buffer, len);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* We can't output them as 8-bit chars,
|
||
so do it as 16-bit chars. */
|
||
|
||
if (background_filled)
|
||
XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, len);
|
||
else
|
||
XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, len);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle composite characters. */
|
||
XCharStruct *pcm; /* Pointer to per char metric info. */
|
||
|
||
if ((cmpcharp->cmp_rule || relative_compose)
|
||
&& gidx == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is the first character. Initialize variables.
|
||
HIGHEST is the highest position of glyphs ever
|
||
written, LOWEST the lowest position. */
|
||
int x_offset = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (default_ascent
|
||
&& CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
|
||
&& !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, first_ch)))
|
||
{
|
||
highest = default_ascent;
|
||
lowest = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer);
|
||
highest = pcm->ascent + 1;
|
||
lowest = - pcm->descent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
|
||
x_offset = (cmpcharp->col_offset[0]
|
||
* FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font));
|
||
/* Draw the first character at the normal position. */
|
||
XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left + x_offset, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, 1);
|
||
i = 1;
|
||
gidx++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
i = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (; i < len; i++, gidx++)
|
||
{
|
||
int x_offset = 0, y_offset = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (relative_compose)
|
||
{
|
||
pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer + i);
|
||
if (NILP (Vignore_relative_composition)
|
||
|| NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
|
||
make_number (cmpcharp->glyph[gidx]))))
|
||
{
|
||
if (- pcm->descent >= relative_compose)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Draw above the current glyphs. */
|
||
y_offset = highest + pcm->descent;
|
||
highest += pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (pcm->ascent <= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Draw beneath the current glyphs. */
|
||
y_offset = lowest - pcm->ascent;
|
||
lowest -= pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Draw the glyph at normal position. If
|
||
it sticks out of HIGHEST or LOWEST,
|
||
update them appropriately. */
|
||
if (pcm->ascent > highest)
|
||
highest = pcm->ascent;
|
||
else if (- pcm->descent < lowest)
|
||
lowest = - pcm->descent;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
|
||
{
|
||
int gref = (cmpcharp->cmp_rule[gidx] - 0xA0) / 9;
|
||
int nref = (cmpcharp->cmp_rule[gidx] - 0xA0) % 9;
|
||
int bottom, top;
|
||
|
||
/* Re-encode GREF and NREF so that they specify
|
||
only Y-axis information:
|
||
0:top, 1:base, 2:bottom, 3:center */
|
||
gref = gref / 3 + (gref == 4) * 2;
|
||
nref = nref / 3 + (nref == 4) * 2;
|
||
|
||
pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer + i);
|
||
bottom = ((gref == 0 ? highest : gref == 1 ? 0
|
||
: gref == 2 ? lowest
|
||
: (highest + lowest) / 2)
|
||
- (nref == 0 ? pcm->ascent + pcm->descent
|
||
: nref == 1 ? pcm->descent : nref == 2 ? 0
|
||
: (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent) / 2));
|
||
top = bottom + (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent);
|
||
if (top > highest)
|
||
highest = top;
|
||
if (bottom < lowest)
|
||
lowest = bottom;
|
||
y_offset = bottom + pcm->descent;
|
||
x_offset = (cmpcharp->col_offset[gidx]
|
||
* FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font));
|
||
}
|
||
XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
|
||
left + x_offset, top + baseline - y_offset,
|
||
x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (require_clipping)
|
||
XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None);
|
||
|
||
#if 0 /* Doesn't work, because it uses FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS,
|
||
which often is not up to date yet. */
|
||
if (!just_foreground)
|
||
{
|
||
if (left == orig_left)
|
||
redraw_previous_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left),
|
||
PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1);
|
||
if (n == 0)
|
||
redraw_following_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left + len * FONT_WIDTH (font)),
|
||
PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
if (!font)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Show rectangles to indicate that we found no font. */
|
||
int limit = cmpcharp ? 1 : len;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
|
||
XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
left + glyph_width * i, top,
|
||
glyph_width - 1, line_height - 1);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (require_clipping && !NILP (Vhighlight_wrong_size_font))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Show ??? to indicate that we found a font of
|
||
inappropriate size. */
|
||
int limit = cmpcharp ? 1 : len;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 1,
|
||
left + glyph_width * i + 1, top + line_height - 1);
|
||
XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 3,
|
||
left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We should probably check for XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION and
|
||
XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS properties on the font, but let's
|
||
just get the thing working, and come back to that. */
|
||
{
|
||
/* Setting underline position based on the metric of the
|
||
current font results in shaky underline if it strides
|
||
over different fonts. So, we set the position based only
|
||
on the default font of this frame. */
|
||
int underline_position = f->output_data.x->font_baseline + 1;
|
||
|
||
if (underline_position >= line_height)
|
||
underline_position = line_height - 1;
|
||
|
||
if (face->underline)
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
FACE_GC (face),
|
||
left, top + underline_position, run_width, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!cmpcharp)
|
||
left += run_width;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return (left - orig_left);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* 1 */
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* This is the old single-face code. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, font)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int left, top;
|
||
register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
|
||
register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
|
||
int hl;
|
||
XFontStruct *font;
|
||
{
|
||
register int len;
|
||
Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
GC drawing_gc = (hl == 2 ? f->output_data.x->cursor_gc
|
||
: (hl ? f->output_data.x->reverse_gc
|
||
: f->output_data.x->normal_gc));
|
||
|
||
if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (XChar2b))
|
||
XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc,
|
||
left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (XChar2b *) gp, n);
|
||
else if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (unsigned char))
|
||
XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc,
|
||
left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (char *) gp, n);
|
||
else
|
||
/* What size of glyph ARE you using? And does X have a function to
|
||
draw them? */
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
|
||
Advance the cursor over the text.
|
||
Output LEN glyphs at START.
|
||
|
||
`highlight', set up by XTreassert_line_highlight or XTchange_line_highlight,
|
||
controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTwrite_glyphs (start, len)
|
||
register GLYPH *start;
|
||
int len;
|
||
{
|
||
register int temp_length;
|
||
int mask;
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
do_line_dance ();
|
||
f = updating_frame;
|
||
if (f == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
f = selected_frame;
|
||
/* If not within an update,
|
||
output at the frame's visible cursor. */
|
||
curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
||
curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
dumpglyphs (f,
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
||
start, len, highlight, 0, NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */
|
||
if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
||
&& curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
||
&& curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
|
||
|
||
curs_x += len;
|
||
if (curs_x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f))
|
||
curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1;
|
||
|
||
if (updating_frame == 0)
|
||
x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f));
|
||
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Clear to the end of the line.
|
||
Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
|
||
to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything
|
||
from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTclear_end_of_line (first_unused)
|
||
register int first_unused;
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
||
int mask;
|
||
|
||
if (f == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
|
||
return;
|
||
if (first_unused <= 0)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (first_unused >= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
|
||
first_unused = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
|
||
|
||
first_unused += FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f);
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
do_line_dance ();
|
||
|
||
/* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
|
||
if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
||
&& curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
||
&& f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
|
||
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
||
FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
|
||
f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
|
||
#if 0
|
||
redraw_previous_char (f, curs_x, curs_y, highlight);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTclear_frame ()
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
||
|
||
if (f == 0)
|
||
f = selected_frame;
|
||
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 0; /* Cursor not visible. */
|
||
curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */
|
||
curs_y = 0;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
|
||
|
||
/* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
|
||
colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
|
||
x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
|
||
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* This currently does not work because FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS doesn't
|
||
always contain the right glyphs to use.
|
||
|
||
It also needs to be changed to look at the details of the font and
|
||
see whether there is really overlap, and do nothing when there is
|
||
not. This can use font_char_overlap_left and font_char_overlap_right,
|
||
but just how to use them is not clear. */
|
||
|
||
/* Erase the character (if any) at the position just before X, Y in frame F,
|
||
then redraw it and the character before it.
|
||
This is necessary when we erase starting at X,
|
||
in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X.
|
||
Call this function with input blocked. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
redraw_previous_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
int highlight_flag;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Erase the character before the new ones, in case
|
||
what was here before overlaps it.
|
||
Reoutput that character, and the previous character
|
||
(in case the previous character overlaps it). */
|
||
if (x > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
int start_x = x - 2;
|
||
if (start_x < 0)
|
||
start_x = 0;
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x - 1),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
||
FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
|
||
f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
|
||
|
||
dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, start_x),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
||
&FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][start_x],
|
||
x - start_x, highlight_flag, 1, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Erase the character (if any) at the position X, Y in frame F,
|
||
then redraw it and the character after it.
|
||
This is necessary when we erase endng at X,
|
||
in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X.
|
||
Call this function with input blocked. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
redraw_following_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
int highlight_flag;
|
||
{
|
||
int limit = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[y];
|
||
/* Erase the character after the new ones, in case
|
||
what was here before overlaps it.
|
||
Reoutput that character, and the following character
|
||
(in case the following character overlaps it). */
|
||
if (x < limit
|
||
&& FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x] != SPACEGLYPH)
|
||
{
|
||
int end_x = x + 2;
|
||
if (end_x > limit)
|
||
end_x = limit;
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
||
FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
|
||
f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
|
||
|
||
dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
||
&FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x],
|
||
end_x - x, highlight_flag, 1, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* 0 */
|
||
|
||
#if 0 /* Not in use yet */
|
||
|
||
/* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its left edge. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
font_char_overlap_left (font, c)
|
||
XFontStruct *font;
|
||
int c;
|
||
{
|
||
XCharStruct *s;
|
||
|
||
/* Find the bounding-box info for C. */
|
||
if (font->per_char == 0)
|
||
s = &font->max_bounds;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1;
|
||
int row, within;
|
||
|
||
/* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */
|
||
row = c >> 8;
|
||
within = c & 0177;
|
||
if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& row >= font->min_byte1
|
||
&& row <= font->max_byte1))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */
|
||
c = font->default_char;
|
||
row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8);
|
||
within = c & 0177;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& row >= font->min_byte1
|
||
&& row <= font->max_byte1))
|
||
/* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */
|
||
return 0;
|
||
else
|
||
/* We found the info for this char. */
|
||
s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2)
|
||
+ row * rowlen);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return (s && s->lbearing < 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its right edge. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
font_char_overlap_right (font, c)
|
||
XFontStruct *font;
|
||
int c;
|
||
{
|
||
XCharStruct *s;
|
||
|
||
/* Find the bounding-box info for C. */
|
||
if (font->per_char == 0)
|
||
s = &font->max_bounds;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1;
|
||
int row, within;
|
||
|
||
/* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */
|
||
row = c >> 8;
|
||
within = c & 0177;
|
||
if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& row >= font->min_byte1
|
||
&& row <= font->max_byte1))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */
|
||
c = font->default_char;
|
||
row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8);
|
||
within = c & 0177;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
|
||
&& row >= font->min_byte1
|
||
&& row <= font->max_byte1))
|
||
/* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */
|
||
return 0;
|
||
else
|
||
/* We found the info for this char. */
|
||
s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2)
|
||
+ row * rowlen);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return (s && s->rbearing >= s->width);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* 0 */
|
||
|
||
/* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
|
||
|
||
/* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make sure
|
||
it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
|
||
#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
|
||
|
||
/* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y,
|
||
storing the result in RESULT.
|
||
Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
|
||
struct timeval *result, x, y;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y.
|
||
This is safer because on some systems
|
||
the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
|
||
if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec)
|
||
{
|
||
int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1;
|
||
y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec;
|
||
y.tv_sec += nsec;
|
||
}
|
||
if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000)
|
||
{
|
||
int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000;
|
||
y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec;
|
||
y.tv_sec -= nsec;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly positive. */
|
||
result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec;
|
||
result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec;
|
||
|
||
/* Return indication of whether the result should be considered negative. */
|
||
return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
XTflash (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
GC gc;
|
||
|
||
/* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground pixels
|
||
into background pixels. */
|
||
{
|
||
XGCValues values;
|
||
|
||
values.function = GXxor;
|
||
values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel
|
||
^ f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
|
||
|
||
gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
GCFunction | GCForeground, &values);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
/* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
|
||
int height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, FRAME_HEIGHT (f));
|
||
/* Height of each line to flash. */
|
||
int flash_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
|
||
/* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
|
||
int flash_left = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
|
||
int flash_right = PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
|
||
|
||
int width;
|
||
|
||
/* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
|
||
edge it is next to. */
|
||
switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f))
|
||
{
|
||
case vertical_scroll_bar_left:
|
||
flash_left += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case vertical_scroll_bar_right:
|
||
flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
width = flash_right - flash_left;
|
||
|
||
/* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
|
||
if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
|
||
{
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
|
||
width, flash_height);
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
flash_left,
|
||
(height - flash_height
|
||
- FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),
|
||
width, flash_height);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
/* If it is short, flash it all. */
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
|
||
width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
|
||
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
struct timeval wakeup, now;
|
||
|
||
EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup);
|
||
|
||
/* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
|
||
wakeup.tv_usec += 150000;
|
||
wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000);
|
||
wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000;
|
||
|
||
/* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
struct timeval timeout;
|
||
|
||
EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout);
|
||
|
||
/* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout.
|
||
Break if result would be negative. */
|
||
if (timeval_subtract (&timeout, wakeup, timeout))
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
|
||
select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
|
||
if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
|
||
{
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
|
||
width, flash_height);
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
flash_left,
|
||
(height - flash_height
|
||
- FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),
|
||
width, flash_height);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
/* If it is short, flash it all. */
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
|
||
flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
|
||
width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
|
||
|
||
XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc);
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Make audible bell. */
|
||
|
||
#define XRINGBELL XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame), 0)
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
XTring_bell ()
|
||
{
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame) == 0)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
|
||
if (visible_bell)
|
||
XTflash (selected_frame);
|
||
else
|
||
#endif
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
XRINGBELL;
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Insert and delete character.
|
||
These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn
|
||
off the feature of using them. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTinsert_glyphs (start, len)
|
||
register char *start;
|
||
register int len;
|
||
{
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTdelete_glyphs (n)
|
||
register int n;
|
||
{
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
|
||
should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
|
||
This, and those operations, are used only within an update
|
||
that is bounded by calls to XTupdate_begin and XTupdate_end. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTset_terminal_window (n)
|
||
register int n;
|
||
{
|
||
if (updating_frame == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height))
|
||
flexlines = updating_frame->height;
|
||
else
|
||
flexlines = n;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* These variables need not be per frame
|
||
because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis
|
||
and the line dance for one frame is finished before
|
||
anything is done for anoter frame. */
|
||
|
||
/* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations.
|
||
line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want
|
||
to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */
|
||
static int *line_dance;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocated length of that array. */
|
||
static int line_dance_len;
|
||
|
||
/* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */
|
||
static int line_dance_in_progress;
|
||
|
||
/* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation,
|
||
inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
|
||
void
|
||
XTins_del_lines (vpos, n)
|
||
int vpos, n;
|
||
{
|
||
register int fence, i;
|
||
|
||
if (vpos >= flexlines)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
||
{
|
||
int ht = updating_frame->height;
|
||
if (ht > line_dance_len)
|
||
{
|
||
line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int));
|
||
line_dance_len = ht;
|
||
}
|
||
for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i;
|
||
line_dance_in_progress = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (n >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
||
n = flexlines - vpos;
|
||
fence = vpos + n;
|
||
for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
|
||
line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
|
||
for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
|
||
line_dance[i] = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
n = -n;
|
||
if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
||
n = flexlines - vpos;
|
||
fence = flexlines - n;
|
||
for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i)
|
||
line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n];
|
||
for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i)
|
||
line_dance[i] = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Here's where we actually move the pixels around.
|
||
Must be called with input blocked. */
|
||
static void
|
||
do_line_dance ()
|
||
{
|
||
register int i, j, distance;
|
||
register struct frame *f;
|
||
int ht;
|
||
int intborder;
|
||
|
||
/* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the
|
||
array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */
|
||
if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
f = updating_frame;
|
||
if (f == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
ht = f->height;
|
||
intborder = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f));
|
||
|
||
x_update_cursor (updating_frame, 0);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
||
if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1
|
||
&& line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j);
|
||
/* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance,j+distance) */
|
||
XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
|
||
intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance),
|
||
FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
|
||
(j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height,
|
||
intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i));
|
||
i = j-1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (i = ht; --i >=0; )
|
||
if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
|
||
&& line_dance[j]-j == distance););
|
||
/* Copy (j,i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
|
||
XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
|
||
intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
|
||
FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
|
||
(i-j) * f->output_data.x->line_height,
|
||
intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1));
|
||
i = j+1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
||
if (line_dance[i] == -1)
|
||
{
|
||
for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j);
|
||
/* Clear [i,j) */
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
||
FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
|
||
(j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
|
||
i = j-1;
|
||
}
|
||
line_dance_in_progress = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Support routines for exposure events. */
|
||
static void clear_cursor ();
|
||
|
||
/* Output into a rectangle of an X-window (for frame F)
|
||
the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle.
|
||
TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle.
|
||
ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle.
|
||
Call this function with input blocked. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
register int left, top, cols, rows;
|
||
{
|
||
register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
||
int cursor_cleared = 0;
|
||
int bottom, right;
|
||
register int y;
|
||
|
||
if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */
|
||
bottom = top + rows;
|
||
right = left + cols;
|
||
|
||
/* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
|
||
Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */
|
||
top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
|
||
left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
|
||
bottom += (f->output_data.x->line_height - 1);
|
||
right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) - 1);
|
||
bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
|
||
right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);
|
||
|
||
/* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */
|
||
if (left < 0)
|
||
left = 0;
|
||
if (top < 0)
|
||
top = 0;
|
||
if (right > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
|
||
right = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
|
||
if (bottom > f->height)
|
||
bottom = f->height;
|
||
|
||
/* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */
|
||
cols = right - left;
|
||
rows = bottom - top;
|
||
|
||
/* If rectangle has zero area, return. */
|
||
if (rows <= 0) return;
|
||
if (cols <= 0) return;
|
||
|
||
/* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
|
||
We will turn it back on afterward. */
|
||
if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
|
||
&& (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
|
||
{
|
||
clear_cursor (f);
|
||
cursor_cleared = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
|
||
|
||
for (y = top; y < bottom; y++)
|
||
{
|
||
GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left];
|
||
|
||
if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
while (*line & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We must display the whole glyph of a wide-column
|
||
character. */
|
||
left--;
|
||
line--;
|
||
cols++;
|
||
}
|
||
dumpglyphs (f,
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
||
line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
|
||
active_frame->highlight[y], 0, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */
|
||
|
||
if (cursor_cleared)
|
||
x_update_cursor (f, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
frame_highlight (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
/* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
|
||
the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
|
||
and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
|
||
client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
f->output_data.x->border_pixel);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
x_update_cursor (f, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
frame_unhighlight (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
/* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
|
||
the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
|
||
and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
|
||
client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
f->output_data.x->border_tile);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
x_update_cursor (f, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void XTframe_rehighlight ();
|
||
static void x_frame_rehighlight ();
|
||
|
||
/* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
|
||
the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
|
||
here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
|
||
Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
|
||
Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
struct frame *frame;
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
|
||
int events_enqueued = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
|
||
the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame;
|
||
|
||
if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
|
||
x_lower_frame (old_focus);
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
selected_frame = frame;
|
||
XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame,
|
||
selected_frame);
|
||
Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window);
|
||
choose_minibuf_frame ();
|
||
#endif /* ! 0 */
|
||
|
||
if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise)
|
||
pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
|
||
else
|
||
pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
{
|
||
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
|
||
another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
|
||
minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
|
||
|
||
The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
|
||
frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find
|
||
the appropriate X display info. */
|
||
static void
|
||
XTframe_rehighlight (frame)
|
||
struct frame *frame;
|
||
{
|
||
x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame;
|
||
|
||
if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame
|
||
= ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)))
|
||
? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))
|
||
: dpyinfo->x_focus_frame);
|
||
if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame))
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil;
|
||
dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
|
||
{
|
||
if (old_highlight)
|
||
frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
|
||
if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
|
||
frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
{
|
||
int min_code, max_code;
|
||
KeySym *syms;
|
||
int syms_per_code;
|
||
XModifierKeymap *mods;
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R4
|
||
XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code);
|
||
#else
|
||
min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode;
|
||
max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display,
|
||
min_code, max_code - min_code + 1,
|
||
&syms_per_code);
|
||
mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display);
|
||
|
||
/* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
|
||
Alt keysyms are on. */
|
||
{
|
||
int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
|
||
|
||
for (row = 3; row < 8; row++)
|
||
for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++)
|
||
{
|
||
KeyCode code
|
||
= mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col];
|
||
|
||
/* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
|
||
if (code == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
|
||
{
|
||
int code_col;
|
||
|
||
for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++)
|
||
{
|
||
int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col];
|
||
|
||
switch (sym)
|
||
{
|
||
case XK_Meta_L:
|
||
case XK_Meta_R:
|
||
dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case XK_Alt_L:
|
||
case XK_Alt_R:
|
||
dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case XK_Hyper_L:
|
||
case XK_Hyper_R:
|
||
dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case XK_Super_L:
|
||
case XK_Super_R:
|
||
dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case XK_Shift_Lock:
|
||
/* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
|
||
if ((1 << row) == LockMask)
|
||
dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
|
||
if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask;
|
||
dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If some keys are both alt and meta,
|
||
make them just meta, not alt. */
|
||
if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XFree ((char *) syms);
|
||
XFreeModifiermap (mods);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
|
||
Emacs uses. */
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
unsigned int state;
|
||
{
|
||
return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0)
|
||
| ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0)
|
||
| ((state & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) ? meta_modifier : 0)
|
||
| ((state & dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask) ? alt_modifier : 0)
|
||
| ((state & dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) ? super_modifier : 0)
|
||
| ((state & dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask) ? hyper_modifier : 0));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
unsigned int state;
|
||
{
|
||
return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0)
|
||
| ((state & super_modifier) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0)
|
||
| ((state & hyper_modifier) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0)
|
||
| ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0)
|
||
| ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0)
|
||
| ((state & meta_modifier) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Convert a keysym to its name. */
|
||
|
||
char *
|
||
x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
|
||
KeySym keysym;
|
||
{
|
||
char *value;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
value = XKeysymToString (keysym);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
return value;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
|
||
|
||
/* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return
|
||
glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle
|
||
that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.
|
||
If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
register int pix_x, pix_y;
|
||
register int *x, *y;
|
||
XRectangle *bounds;
|
||
int noclip;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
|
||
even for negative values. */
|
||
if (pix_x < 0)
|
||
pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1;
|
||
if (pix_y < 0)
|
||
pix_y -= (f)->output_data.x->line_height - 1;
|
||
|
||
pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
|
||
pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
||
|
||
if (bounds)
|
||
{
|
||
bounds->width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font);
|
||
bounds->height = f->output_data.x->line_height;
|
||
bounds->x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
|
||
bounds->y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!noclip)
|
||
{
|
||
if (pix_x < 0)
|
||
pix_x = 0;
|
||
else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
|
||
pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
|
||
|
||
if (pix_y < 0)
|
||
pix_y = 0;
|
||
else if (pix_y > f->height)
|
||
pix_y = f->height;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
*x = pix_x;
|
||
*y = pix_y;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
register int x, y;
|
||
register int *pix_x, *pix_y;
|
||
{
|
||
*pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
|
||
*pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
|
||
|
||
If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
|
||
the mouse. */
|
||
|
||
static Lisp_Object
|
||
construct_mouse_click (result, event, f)
|
||
struct input_event *result;
|
||
XButtonEvent *event;
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
|
||
otherwise. */
|
||
result->kind = mouse_click;
|
||
result->code = event->button - Button1;
|
||
result->timestamp = event->time;
|
||
result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
|
||
event->state)
|
||
| (event->type == ButtonRelease
|
||
? up_modifier
|
||
: down_modifier));
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
int row, column;
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, event->x, event->y, &column, &row, NULL, 0);
|
||
XSETFASTINT (result->x, column);
|
||
XSETFASTINT (result->y, row);
|
||
#endif
|
||
XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
|
||
XSETINT (result->y, event->y);
|
||
XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. */
|
||
|
||
static Lisp_Object
|
||
construct_menu_click (result, event, f)
|
||
struct input_event *result;
|
||
XButtonEvent *event;
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
|
||
otherwise. */
|
||
result->kind = mouse_click;
|
||
result->code = event->button - Button1;
|
||
result->timestamp = event->time;
|
||
result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
|
||
event->state)
|
||
| (event->type == ButtonRelease
|
||
? up_modifier
|
||
: down_modifier));
|
||
|
||
XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
|
||
XSETINT (result->y, -1);
|
||
XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
|
||
The input handler calls this.
|
||
|
||
We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
|
||
If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
|
||
the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
|
||
another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
note_mouse_movement (frame, event)
|
||
FRAME_PTR frame;
|
||
XMotionEvent *event;
|
||
{
|
||
last_mouse_movement_time = event->time;
|
||
|
||
if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame))
|
||
{
|
||
frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
||
last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
|
||
else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x
|
||
|| event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width
|
||
|| event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y
|
||
|| event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height)
|
||
{
|
||
frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
||
last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
|
||
static int disable_mouse_highlight;
|
||
|
||
/* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F
|
||
as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties.
|
||
Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before.
|
||
X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
{
|
||
int row, column, portion;
|
||
XRectangle new_glyph;
|
||
Lisp_Object window;
|
||
struct window *w;
|
||
|
||
if (disable_mouse_highlight)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
|
||
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (gc_in_progress)
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */
|
||
pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
|
||
&new_glyph, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);
|
||
|
||
/* Which window is that in? */
|
||
window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion);
|
||
w = XWINDOW (window);
|
||
|
||
/* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
|
||
if (! EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
||
clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
||
|
||
/* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
|
||
And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
|
||
if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0
|
||
&& row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f)
|
||
&& EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
|
||
&& XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
||
&& (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified)
|
||
== BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))))
|
||
{
|
||
int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row];
|
||
int i, pos;
|
||
|
||
/* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */
|
||
for (i = column; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
if (ptr[i] > 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
pos = ptr[i];
|
||
/* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */
|
||
if (pos <= 0)
|
||
clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
||
else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
|
||
&& row >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
||
&& row <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
||
&& (row > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
||
|| column >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
|
||
&& (row < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
||
|| column < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
||
|| FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
|
||
Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
|
||
int len, noverlays, ignor1;
|
||
struct buffer *obuf;
|
||
int obegv, ozv;
|
||
|
||
/* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
|
||
if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
|
||
overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
|
||
obuf = current_buffer;
|
||
current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
||
obegv = BEGV;
|
||
ozv = ZV;
|
||
BEGV = BEG;
|
||
ZV = Z;
|
||
|
||
/* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
|
||
clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
||
|
||
/* Is this char mouse-active? */
|
||
XSETINT (position, pos);
|
||
|
||
len = 10;
|
||
overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
|
||
|
||
/* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
|
||
Store the length in len. */
|
||
noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
|
||
NULL, NULL);
|
||
noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
|
||
|
||
/* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
|
||
overlay = Qnil;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
|
||
if (!NILP (mouse_face))
|
||
{
|
||
overlay = overlay_vec[i];
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
free (overlay_vec);
|
||
/* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
|
||
if (NILP (overlay))
|
||
mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle the overlay case. */
|
||
if (! NILP (overlay))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Find the range of text around this char that
|
||
should be active. */
|
||
Lisp_Object before, after;
|
||
int ignore;
|
||
|
||
before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
|
||
after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
|
||
/* Record this as the current active region. */
|
||
fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (before),
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
||
= !fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (after),
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
||
= compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
||
&ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Display it as active. */
|
||
show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Handle the text property case. */
|
||
else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Find the range of text around this char that
|
||
should be active. */
|
||
Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
|
||
int ignore;
|
||
|
||
beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
|
||
XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
||
- XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
|
||
before
|
||
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
|
||
Qmouse_face,
|
||
w->buffer, beginning);
|
||
after
|
||
= Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
|
||
w->buffer, end);
|
||
/* Record this as the current active region. */
|
||
fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (before),
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
||
= !fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (after),
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
||
&FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
||
= compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
||
&ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Display it as active. */
|
||
show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
||
}
|
||
BEGV = obegv;
|
||
ZV = ozv;
|
||
current_buffer = obuf;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW.
|
||
Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP.
|
||
This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date.
|
||
If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords
|
||
of start of first screen line.
|
||
If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line.
|
||
|
||
Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp)
|
||
Lisp_Object window;
|
||
int pos;
|
||
int *columnp, *rowp;
|
||
{
|
||
struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
||
int i;
|
||
int row = 0;
|
||
int left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w);
|
||
int top = XFASTINT (w->top);
|
||
int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
|
||
int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
||
int *charstarts;
|
||
int lastcol;
|
||
int maybe_next_line = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Find the right row. */
|
||
for (i = 0;
|
||
i < height;
|
||
i++)
|
||
{
|
||
int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left];
|
||
if (linestart > pos)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
|
||
don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
|
||
if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
||
{
|
||
maybe_next_line = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (linestart > 0)
|
||
row = i;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find the right column with in it. */
|
||
charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row];
|
||
lastcol = left;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (charstarts[left + i] == pos)
|
||
{
|
||
*rowp = row + top;
|
||
*columnp = i + left;
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos)
|
||
break;
|
||
else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0)
|
||
lastcol = left + i + 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
|
||
and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
|
||
use the start of the following line. */
|
||
if (maybe_next_line)
|
||
{
|
||
row++;
|
||
lastcol = left;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
*rowp = row + top;
|
||
*columnp = lastcol;
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
|
||
in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
int hl;
|
||
{
|
||
struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
|
||
int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
||
int i;
|
||
int cursor_off = 0;
|
||
int old_curs_x = curs_x;
|
||
int old_curs_y = curs_y;
|
||
|
||
/* Set these variables temporarily
|
||
so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again
|
||
we will put it back at the same place. */
|
||
curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x;
|
||
curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y;
|
||
for (i = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row;
|
||
i <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
int column = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
||
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col
|
||
: WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w));
|
||
int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
||
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
||
: WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) + width);
|
||
endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]);
|
||
|
||
/* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite,
|
||
turn the cursor off. */
|
||
if (i == curs_y
|
||
&& curs_x >= column - 1
|
||
&& curs_x <= endcolumn)
|
||
{
|
||
x_update_cursor (f, 0);
|
||
cursor_off = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
dumpglyphs (f,
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
||
FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column,
|
||
endcolumn - column,
|
||
/* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */
|
||
hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
|
||
if (cursor_off)
|
||
x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, curs_y);
|
||
|
||
curs_x = old_curs_x;
|
||
curs_y = old_curs_y;
|
||
|
||
/* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */
|
||
if (hl > 0)
|
||
XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
|
||
else
|
||
XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
|
||
Redraw it unhighlighted first. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
{
|
||
if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
|
||
show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0);
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
|
||
This is used when the size of F is changed. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
cancel_mouse_face (f)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object window;
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
||
|
||
window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window;
|
||
if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
|
||
static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
|
||
|
||
/* Return the current position of the mouse.
|
||
*fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
|
||
|
||
If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
|
||
and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
|
||
is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
|
||
position on the scroll bar.
|
||
|
||
If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
|
||
mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
|
||
the mouse is over.
|
||
|
||
Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse
|
||
was at this position.
|
||
|
||
Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
|
||
|
||
This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
|
||
movement. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
||
FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
||
int insist;
|
||
Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
||
enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
||
Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
||
unsigned long *time;
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f1;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
|
||
x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
Window root;
|
||
int root_x, root_y;
|
||
|
||
Window dummy_window;
|
||
int dummy;
|
||
|
||
Lisp_Object frame, tail;
|
||
|
||
/* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
|
||
FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp))
|
||
XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
|
||
|
||
last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
/* Figure out which root window we're on. */
|
||
XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp),
|
||
DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)),
|
||
|
||
/* The root window which contains the pointer. */
|
||
&root,
|
||
|
||
/* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
|
||
a different screen. */
|
||
&dummy_window,
|
||
|
||
/* The position on that root window. */
|
||
&root_x, &root_y,
|
||
|
||
/* More trash we can't trust. */
|
||
&dummy, &dummy,
|
||
|
||
/* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
|
||
we don't care. */
|
||
(unsigned int *) &dummy);
|
||
|
||
/* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
|
||
containing the pointer. */
|
||
{
|
||
Window win, child;
|
||
int win_x, win_y;
|
||
int parent_x, parent_y;
|
||
int count;
|
||
|
||
win = root;
|
||
|
||
/* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
|
||
structure is changing at the same time this function
|
||
is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
|
||
|
||
count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp));
|
||
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
||
&& FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
|
||
even if the mouse is now outside it. */
|
||
XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp),
|
||
|
||
/* From-window, to-window. */
|
||
root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame),
|
||
|
||
/* From-position, to-position. */
|
||
root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y,
|
||
|
||
/* Child of win. */
|
||
&child);
|
||
f1 = last_mouse_frame;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp),
|
||
|
||
/* From-window, to-window. */
|
||
root, win,
|
||
|
||
/* From-position, to-position. */
|
||
root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y,
|
||
|
||
/* Child of win. */
|
||
&child);
|
||
|
||
if (child == None || child == win)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
win = child;
|
||
parent_x = win_x;
|
||
parent_y = win_y;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now we know that:
|
||
win is the innermost window containing the pointer
|
||
(XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
|
||
win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
|
||
(XTC did this the last time through), and
|
||
parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
|
||
(They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
|
||
If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
|
||
parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
|
||
never use them in that case.) */
|
||
|
||
/* Is win one of our frames? */
|
||
f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), win);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)))
|
||
f1 = 0;
|
||
|
||
x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), count);
|
||
|
||
/* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
|
||
if (! f1)
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (win);
|
||
|
||
if (bar)
|
||
{
|
||
f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
||
win_x = parent_x;
|
||
win_y = parent_y;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
|
||
f1 = selected_frame;
|
||
|
||
if (f1)
|
||
{
|
||
int ignore1, ignore2;
|
||
|
||
/* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */
|
||
|
||
pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
|
||
&last_mouse_glyph,
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
|
||
|| insist);
|
||
|
||
*bar_window = Qnil;
|
||
*part = 0;
|
||
*fp = f1;
|
||
XSETINT (*x, win_x);
|
||
XSETINT (*y, win_y);
|
||
*time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Scroll bar support. */
|
||
|
||
/* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
|
||
This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
|
||
bits. */
|
||
static struct scroll_bar *
|
||
x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
|
||
Window window_id;
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object tail, frame;
|
||
|
||
for (tail = Vframe_list;
|
||
XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
|
||
tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
|
||
|
||
frame = XCONS (tail)->car;
|
||
/* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
|
||
if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
|
||
right window ID. */
|
||
condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
||
for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
||
/* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
|
||
condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
|
||
! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
|
||
condemned = Qnil,
|
||
! GC_NILP (bar));
|
||
bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
||
if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
|
||
return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Open a new X window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the
|
||
scroll bar vector for it. */
|
||
static struct scroll_bar *
|
||
x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
|
||
struct window *window;
|
||
int top, left, width, height;
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar
|
||
= XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes a;
|
||
unsigned long mask;
|
||
a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel;
|
||
a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask
|
||
| ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask
|
||
| ExposureMask);
|
||
a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
|
||
|
||
mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor);
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
|
||
ac = 0;
|
||
XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNx, left); ac++;
|
||
XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNy, top); ac++;
|
||
XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, width); ac++;
|
||
XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, height); ac++;
|
||
XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNborderWidth, 0); ac++;
|
||
sb_widget = XtCreateManagedWidget ("box",
|
||
boxWidgetClass,
|
||
f->output_data.x->edit_widget, al, ac);
|
||
SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW
|
||
(bar, sb_widget->core.window);
|
||
#endif
|
||
SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW
|
||
(bar,
|
||
XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
|
||
/* Position and size of scroll bar. */
|
||
left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, top,
|
||
width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, height,
|
||
|
||
/* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
|
||
0, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent,
|
||
|
||
/* Attributes. */
|
||
mask, &a));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
|
||
bar->dragging = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
/* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
|
||
bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
||
bar->prev = Qnil;
|
||
XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
||
if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
||
XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
||
|
||
XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
return bar;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
|
||
If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
|
||
redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
|
||
redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
|
||
events.)
|
||
|
||
Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
|
||
fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar
|
||
handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the
|
||
bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to
|
||
move to the very end of the buffer. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
int start, end;
|
||
int rebuild;
|
||
{
|
||
int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
|
||
Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
||
GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
|
||
|
||
/* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
|
||
if (! rebuild
|
||
&& start == XINT (bar->start)
|
||
&& end == XINT (bar->end))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f, XINT (bar->width));
|
||
int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
|
||
int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
|
||
the distance between start and end. */
|
||
{
|
||
int length = end - start;
|
||
|
||
if (start < 0)
|
||
start = 0;
|
||
else if (start > top_range)
|
||
start = top_range;
|
||
end = start + length;
|
||
|
||
if (end < start)
|
||
end = start;
|
||
else if (end > top_range && ! dragging)
|
||
end = top_range;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
|
||
XSETINT (bar->start, start);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->end, end);
|
||
|
||
/* Clip the end position, just for display. */
|
||
if (end > top_range)
|
||
end = top_range;
|
||
|
||
/* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
|
||
below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
|
||
that many pixels tall. */
|
||
end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
|
||
|
||
/* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
|
||
zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
|
||
if (0 < start)
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,
|
||
|
||
/* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
|
||
VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
|
||
VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER,
|
||
inside_width, start,
|
||
False);
|
||
|
||
/* Draw the handle itself. */
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,
|
||
|
||
/* x, y, width, height */
|
||
VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
|
||
VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start,
|
||
inside_width, end - start);
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
|
||
clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
|
||
if (end < inside_height)
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,
|
||
|
||
/* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
|
||
VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
|
||
VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end,
|
||
inside_width, inside_height - end,
|
||
False);
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
|
||
window configurations. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
int top, left, width, height;
|
||
{
|
||
Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
XWindowChanges wc;
|
||
unsigned int mask = 0;
|
||
|
||
wc.x = left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
|
||
wc.y = top;
|
||
|
||
wc.width = width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2;
|
||
wc.height = height;
|
||
|
||
if (left != XINT (bar->left)) mask |= CWX;
|
||
if (top != XINT (bar->top)) mask |= CWY;
|
||
if (width != XINT (bar->width)) mask |= CWWidth;
|
||
if (height != XINT (bar->height)) mask |= CWHeight;
|
||
|
||
if (mask)
|
||
XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
|
||
mask, &wc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
||
XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Destroy the X window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
|
||
to nil. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
/* Destroy the window. */
|
||
XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
|
||
|
||
/* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
|
||
XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
|
||
that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
|
||
characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
|
||
create one. */
|
||
static void
|
||
XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
|
||
struct window *window;
|
||
int portion, whole, position;
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
||
int top = XINT (window->top);
|
||
int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
|
||
int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);
|
||
|
||
/* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */
|
||
int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
|
||
int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
|
||
int pixel_width
|
||
= (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
||
? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
||
: (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)));
|
||
int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
||
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
|
||
/* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
|
||
if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
||
bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window,
|
||
pixel_top, pixel_left,
|
||
pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
|
||
bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
||
x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
|
||
dragged. */
|
||
if (NILP (bar->dragging))
|
||
{
|
||
int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, pixel_height);
|
||
|
||
if (whole == 0)
|
||
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole;
|
||
int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole;
|
||
|
||
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
|
||
redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
|
||
are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
|
||
away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
|
||
and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
|
||
that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
|
||
from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
|
||
|
||
/* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
|
||
to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
|
||
`*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */
|
||
static void
|
||
XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
|
||
FRAME_PTR frame;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
|
||
while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object bar;
|
||
bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
|
||
FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
|
||
XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
|
||
XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
|
||
if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
|
||
XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
|
||
FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle.
|
||
Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
|
||
static void
|
||
XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
|
||
struct window *window;
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
|
||
/* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
|
||
if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
||
|
||
/* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
||
|
||
if (NILP (bar->prev))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
|
||
the lists. */
|
||
if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
||
/* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
|
||
return;
|
||
else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
|
||
window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
||
FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
|
||
else
|
||
/* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
|
||
one or the other! */
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
|
||
|
||
if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
||
XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
|
||
|
||
bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
||
bar->prev = Qnil;
|
||
XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
||
if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
||
XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
|
||
last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
|
||
static void
|
||
XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object bar, next;
|
||
|
||
bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
||
|
||
/* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
|
||
more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
|
||
FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
||
|
||
x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
|
||
|
||
next = b->next;
|
||
b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
|
||
and they should get garbage-collected. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar.
|
||
|
||
This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
||
mark bits. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
XEvent *event;
|
||
{
|
||
Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
||
GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
|
||
int width_trim = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
|
||
XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,
|
||
|
||
/* x, y, width, height */
|
||
0, 0,
|
||
XINT (bar->width) - 1 - width_trim - width_trim,
|
||
XINT (bar->height) - 1);
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
|
||
is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
|
||
|
||
This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
||
mark bits. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event)
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
XEvent *event;
|
||
struct input_event *emacs_event;
|
||
{
|
||
if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click;
|
||
emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1;
|
||
emacs_event->modifiers
|
||
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
|
||
(XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))),
|
||
event->xbutton.state)
|
||
| (event->type == ButtonRelease
|
||
? up_modifier
|
||
: down_modifier));
|
||
emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
|
||
emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time;
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
||
int internal_height
|
||
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
|
||
int top_range
|
||
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
|
||
int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;
|
||
|
||
if (y < 0) y = 0;
|
||
if (y > top_range) y = top_range;
|
||
|
||
if (y < XINT (bar->start))
|
||
emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
|
||
else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE)
|
||
emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
||
else
|
||
emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
|
||
|
||
/* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
|
||
they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
|
||
whether or not we're dragging. */
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
|
||
holding it. */
|
||
if (event->type == ButtonPress
|
||
&& emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle)
|
||
XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start));
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
|
||
if (event->type == ButtonRelease
|
||
&& ! NILP (bar->dragging))
|
||
{
|
||
int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging);
|
||
int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start));
|
||
|
||
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0);
|
||
bar->dragging = Qnil;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
|
||
the handle. */
|
||
if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle)
|
||
emacs_event->x = bar->start;
|
||
else
|
||
XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
|
||
#else
|
||
XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
|
||
|
||
This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
||
mark bits. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event)
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
||
XEvent *event;
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame);
|
||
|
||
last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time;
|
||
|
||
f->mouse_moved = 1;
|
||
XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar);
|
||
|
||
/* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
|
||
if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Where should the handle be now? */
|
||
int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging);
|
||
|
||
if (new_start != XINT (bar->start))
|
||
{
|
||
int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start));
|
||
|
||
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
|
||
on the scroll bar. */
|
||
static void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
||
FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
||
Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
||
enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
||
Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
||
unsigned long *time;
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
||
Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
|
||
FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
||
int win_x, win_y;
|
||
Window dummy_window;
|
||
int dummy_coord;
|
||
unsigned int dummy_mask;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
|
||
report that. */
|
||
if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,
|
||
|
||
/* Root, child, root x and root y. */
|
||
&dummy_window, &dummy_window,
|
||
&dummy_coord, &dummy_coord,
|
||
|
||
/* Position relative to scroll bar. */
|
||
&win_x, &win_y,
|
||
|
||
/* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
|
||
&dummy_mask))
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int inside_height
|
||
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
|
||
int top_range
|
||
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
|
||
|
||
win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;
|
||
|
||
if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
|
||
win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging);
|
||
|
||
if (win_y < 0)
|
||
win_y = 0;
|
||
if (win_y > top_range)
|
||
win_y = top_range;
|
||
|
||
*fp = f;
|
||
*bar_window = bar->window;
|
||
|
||
if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
|
||
*part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
||
else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start))
|
||
*part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
|
||
else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE)
|
||
*part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
||
else
|
||
*part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
|
||
|
||
XSETINT (*x, win_y);
|
||
XSETINT (*y, top_range);
|
||
|
||
f->mouse_moved = 0;
|
||
last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
*time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
|
||
background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
|
||
Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
|
||
redraw them. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object bar;
|
||
|
||
/* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
|
||
if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
|
||
But in that case we should not clear them. */
|
||
if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
|
||
for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
||
bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)),
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, True);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This processes Expose events from the menubar specific X event
|
||
loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
|
||
when handling menubar or popup items. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
process_expose_from_menu (event)
|
||
XEvent event;
|
||
{
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (event.xexpose.display);
|
||
f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
if (f->async_visible == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
f->async_visible = 1;
|
||
f->async_iconified = 0;
|
||
f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
|
||
SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window),
|
||
event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
|
||
event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar
|
||
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window);
|
||
|
||
if (bar)
|
||
x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
|
||
|
||
struct selection_event_queue
|
||
{
|
||
XEvent event;
|
||
struct selection_event_queue *next;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static struct selection_event_queue *queue;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
|
||
static int x_queue_selection_requests;
|
||
|
||
/* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_queue_event (f, event)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
XEvent *event;
|
||
{
|
||
struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp
|
||
= (struct selection_event_queue *) malloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue));
|
||
|
||
if (queue_tmp != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
queue_tmp->event = *event;
|
||
queue_tmp->next = queue;
|
||
queue = queue_tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Take all the queued events and put them back
|
||
so that they get processed afresh. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_unqueue_events (display)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
{
|
||
while (queue != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue;
|
||
XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event);
|
||
queue = queue_tmp->next;
|
||
free ((char *)queue_tmp);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
{
|
||
x_queue_selection_requests++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
{
|
||
x_queue_selection_requests--;
|
||
x_unqueue_events (display);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
|
||
|
||
/* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
|
||
but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
|
||
sometimes don't work. */
|
||
static Time enter_timestamp;
|
||
|
||
/* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
|
||
and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
|
||
says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
|
||
me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
|
||
|
||
This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
|
||
given for enter_timestamp, above. */
|
||
static XComposeStatus compose_status;
|
||
|
||
/* Record the last 100 characters stored
|
||
to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
|
||
static int temp_index;
|
||
static short temp_buffer[100];
|
||
|
||
/* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
|
||
on a particular display. */
|
||
struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error;
|
||
|
||
/* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
|
||
to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
|
||
We try all the open displays, one by one.
|
||
This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
|
||
static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo;
|
||
|
||
#define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) { \
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
|
||
f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = (XEvent*)xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
|
||
bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
|
||
if (numchars >= 1) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \
|
||
XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
|
||
bufp++; \
|
||
count++; \
|
||
numchars--; \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
#define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
|
||
#define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
|
||
|
||
/* Read events coming from the X server.
|
||
This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
|
||
We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
|
||
|
||
Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
|
||
which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
|
||
We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
|
||
thus pretending to be `read'.
|
||
|
||
EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
|
||
register int sd;
|
||
/* register */ struct input_event *bufp;
|
||
/* register */ int numchars;
|
||
int expected;
|
||
{
|
||
int count = 0;
|
||
int nbytes = 0;
|
||
int mask;
|
||
int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */
|
||
XEvent event;
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int event_found = 0;
|
||
int prefix;
|
||
Lisp_Object part;
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
Status status_return;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (interrupt_input_blocked)
|
||
{
|
||
interrupt_input_pending = 1;
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
interrupt_input_pending = 0;
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
/* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
|
||
input_signal_count++;
|
||
|
||
if (numchars <= 0)
|
||
abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
|
||
|
||
/* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
|
||
It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
|
||
for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
|
||
{
|
||
#if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
|
||
#ifdef FIOSNBIO
|
||
/* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
|
||
non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
|
||
FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
|
||
a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
|
||
fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0);
|
||
#endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
|
||
and appears not to be used on any system any more.
|
||
Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
|
||
for X connections. */
|
||
#ifndef SIGIO
|
||
#ifndef HAVE_SELECT
|
||
if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY))
|
||
{
|
||
extern int read_alarm_should_throw;
|
||
read_alarm_should_throw = 1;
|
||
XPeekEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event);
|
||
read_alarm_should_throw = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
|
||
#endif /* SIGIO */
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
|
||
if (dpyinfo == XTread_socket_fake_io_error)
|
||
{
|
||
XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0;
|
||
x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
while (XPending (dpyinfo->display) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
/* needed to raise Motif submenus */
|
||
XtAppNextEvent (Xt_app_con, &event);
|
||
#else
|
||
XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event);
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
|
||
event.xclient.window);
|
||
/* The necessity of the following line took me
|
||
a full work-day to decipher from the docs!! */
|
||
if (f1 != 0 && FRAME_XIC (f1) && XFilterEvent (&event, None))
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
event_found = 1;
|
||
|
||
switch (event.type)
|
||
{
|
||
case ClientMessage:
|
||
{
|
||
if (event.xclient.message_type
|
||
== dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols
|
||
&& event.xclient.format == 32)
|
||
{
|
||
if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
|
||
== dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
|
||
could be the shell widget window
|
||
if the frame has no title bar. */
|
||
f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
/* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
|
||
if (f && FRAME_XIC (f))
|
||
XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f));
|
||
#endif
|
||
/* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
|
||
XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
|
||
since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
Display *d = event.xclient.display;
|
||
/* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
|
||
iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
|
||
int count = x_catch_errors (d);
|
||
XSetInputFocus (d, event.xclient.window,
|
||
RevertToPointerRoot,
|
||
event.xclient.data.l[1]);
|
||
/* This is needed to detect the error
|
||
if there is an error. */
|
||
XSync (d, False);
|
||
x_uncatch_errors (d, count);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
|
||
== dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
|
||
something which can reinstate us. This notifies
|
||
the session manager, who's looking for such a
|
||
PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
|
||
a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
|
||
if (numchars > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
|
||
event.xclient.window);
|
||
|
||
/* This is just so we only give real data once
|
||
for a single Emacs process. */
|
||
if (f == selected_frame)
|
||
XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
event.xclient.window,
|
||
initial_argv, initial_argc);
|
||
else if (f)
|
||
XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
event.xclient.window,
|
||
0, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
|
||
== dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window)
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame *f
|
||
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
|
||
event.xclient.window);
|
||
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
if (numchars == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
||
XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
|
||
count += 1;
|
||
numchars -= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (event.xclient.message_type
|
||
== dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied)
|
||
{
|
||
}
|
||
else if (event.xclient.message_type
|
||
== dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved)
|
||
{
|
||
int new_x, new_y;
|
||
struct frame *f
|
||
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
|
||
|
||
new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0];
|
||
new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1];
|
||
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
f->output_data.x->left_pos = new_x;
|
||
f->output_data.x->top_pos = new_y;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#ifdef HACK_EDITRES
|
||
else if (event.xclient.message_type
|
||
== dpyinfo->Xatom_editres)
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame *f
|
||
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
|
||
_XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL,
|
||
&event, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case SelectionNotify:
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselection.requestor))
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window))
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
{
|
||
XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event;
|
||
|
||
if (numchars == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
bufp->kind = selection_clear_event;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time;
|
||
bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil;
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
|
||
count += 1;
|
||
numchars -= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner))
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
if (x_queue_selection_requests)
|
||
x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner),
|
||
&event);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event;
|
||
|
||
if (numchars == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
bufp->kind = selection_request_event;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp) = eventp->requestor;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp) = eventp->target;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp) = eventp->property;
|
||
SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time;
|
||
bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil;
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
|
||
count += 1;
|
||
numchars -= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case PropertyNotify:
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xproperty.window))
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
x_handle_property_notify (&event.xproperty);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case ReparentNotify:
|
||
f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xreparent.window);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
f->output_data.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent;
|
||
x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
|
||
f->output_data.x->left_pos = x;
|
||
f->output_data.x->top_pos = y;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case Expose:
|
||
f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
if (f->async_visible == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
f->async_visible = 1;
|
||
f->async_iconified = 0;
|
||
f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
|
||
SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
|
||
event.xexpose.window),
|
||
event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
|
||
event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar
|
||
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window);
|
||
|
||
if (bar)
|
||
x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event);
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
else
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
|
||
source area was obscured or not
|
||
available.*/
|
||
f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
dumprectangle (f,
|
||
event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y,
|
||
event.xgraphicsexpose.width,
|
||
event.xgraphicsexpose.height);
|
||
}
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
else
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
|
||
source area was completely
|
||
available */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case UnmapNotify:
|
||
f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window);
|
||
if (f) /* F may no longer exist if
|
||
the frame was deleted. */
|
||
{
|
||
/* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
|
||
disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
|
||
display that won't ever be seen. */
|
||
f->async_visible = 0;
|
||
/* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
|
||
has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
|
||
was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
|
||
But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
|
||
the visible flag and the iconified flag;
|
||
and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
|
||
if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f))
|
||
{
|
||
f->async_iconified = 1;
|
||
|
||
bufp->kind = iconify_event;
|
||
XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
count++;
|
||
numchars--;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
case MapNotify:
|
||
/* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can come
|
||
for subwindows and they don't mean that the frame is visible. */
|
||
f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
f->async_visible = 1;
|
||
f->async_iconified = 0;
|
||
f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
|
||
the frame's display structures. */
|
||
SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
||
|
||
if (f->iconified)
|
||
{
|
||
bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
|
||
XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
count++;
|
||
numchars--;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
|
||
&& ! NILP (XCONS (Vframe_list)->cdr))
|
||
/* Force a redisplay sooner or later
|
||
to update the frame titles
|
||
in case this is the second frame. */
|
||
record_asynch_buffer_change ();
|
||
}
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
/* Turn off processing if we become fully obscured. */
|
||
case VisibilityNotify:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case KeyPress:
|
||
f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window);
|
||
|
||
if (f != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
KeySym keysym, orig_keysym;
|
||
/* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 instead of
|
||
80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang. */
|
||
unsigned char copy_buffer[81];
|
||
int modifiers;
|
||
|
||
#if 0 /* This was how we made f10 work in Motif.
|
||
The drawback is, you can't type at Emacs when the
|
||
the mouse is in the menu bar. So it is better to
|
||
turn off f10 in Motif and let Emacs handle it. */
|
||
#ifdef USE_MOTIF
|
||
if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (event.xkey.window,
|
||
f->output_data.x->menubar_widget
|
||
))
|
||
{
|
||
SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
|
||
#endif /* 0 */
|
||
|
||
event.xkey.state
|
||
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
|
||
extra_keyboard_modifiers);
|
||
modifiers = event.xkey.state;
|
||
|
||
/* This will have to go some day... */
|
||
|
||
/* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
|
||
Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
|
||
event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask;
|
||
event.xkey.state &= ~(dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask
|
||
| dpyinfo->super_mod_mask
|
||
| dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask
|
||
| dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask);
|
||
|
||
/* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
|
||
clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
|
||
Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
|
||
this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
|
||
not it is combined with Meta. */
|
||
if (modifiers & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
|
||
bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status));
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
if (FRAME_XIC (f))
|
||
{
|
||
/* The necessity of the following line took me
|
||
a full work-day to decipher from the docs!! */
|
||
if (XFilterEvent (&event, None))
|
||
break;
|
||
nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f),
|
||
&event.xkey, copy_buffer,
|
||
80, &keysym,
|
||
&status_return);
|
||
if (status_return == XLookupNone)
|
||
break;
|
||
else if (status_return == XLookupChars)
|
||
keysym = NoSymbol;
|
||
else if (status_return != XLookupKeySym
|
||
&& status_return != XLookupBoth)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_buffer,
|
||
80, &keysym, &compose_status);
|
||
#else
|
||
nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_buffer,
|
||
80, &keysym, &compose_status);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
orig_keysym = keysym;
|
||
|
||
if (numchars > 1)
|
||
{
|
||
if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape)
|
||
|| keysym == XK_Delete
|
||
#ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
|
||
|| (keysym >= XK_ISO_Left_Tab && keysym <= XK_ISO_Enter)
|
||
#endif
|
||
|| (keysym >= XK_Kanji && keysym <= XK_Eisu_toggle)
|
||
|| IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
|
||
|| IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
|
||
#ifdef HPUX
|
||
/* This recognizes the "extended function keys".
|
||
It seems there's no cleaner way.
|
||
Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch
|
||
incorrectly. */
|
||
|| ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select
|
||
&& (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space)
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_grave
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_tilde
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_macron
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_degree
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_acute
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_breve
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_caron
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
|
||
|| orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot
|
||
#endif
|
||
|| IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
|
||
|| IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
|
||
/* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
|
||
|| (orig_keysym & (1 << 28)))
|
||
&& ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym)
|
||
#ifndef HAVE_X11R5
|
||
#ifdef XK_Mode_switch
|
||
|| ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch)
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef XK_Num_Lock
|
||
|| ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock)
|
||
#endif
|
||
#endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
|
||
))
|
||
{
|
||
if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
||
temp_index = 0;
|
||
temp_buffer[temp_index++] = keysym;
|
||
bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
|
||
bufp->code = keysym;
|
||
XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
||
bufp->modifiers
|
||
= x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
|
||
modifiers);
|
||
bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time;
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
count++;
|
||
numchars--;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (numchars > nbytes)
|
||
{
|
||
register int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
||
temp_index = 0;
|
||
temp_buffer[temp_index++] = copy_buffer[i];
|
||
bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke;
|
||
bufp->code = copy_buffer[i];
|
||
XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
||
bufp->modifiers
|
||
= x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
|
||
modifiers);
|
||
bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time;
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
count += nbytes;
|
||
numchars -= nbytes;
|
||
|
||
if (keysym == NoSymbol)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
/* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole
|
||
FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If you get a
|
||
FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut event before you
|
||
relinquish the focus. If you haven't received a FocusIn event,
|
||
then a mere LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */
|
||
|
||
case EnterNotify:
|
||
f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
|
||
|
||
if (event.xcrossing.focus) /* Entered Window */
|
||
{
|
||
/* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
|
||
if (f && (!(f->auto_raise)
|
||
|| !(f->auto_lower)
|
||
|| (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500))
|
||
{
|
||
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
|
||
enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
|
||
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
||
/* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
|
||
so update things that depend on mouse position. */
|
||
if (f)
|
||
note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
case FocusIn:
|
||
f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window);
|
||
if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer)
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = f;
|
||
if (f)
|
||
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
if (f && FRAME_XIC (f))
|
||
XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f));
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
case LeaveNotify:
|
||
f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
||
/* If we move outside the frame,
|
||
then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
|
||
clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
|
||
|
||
if (event.xcrossing.focus)
|
||
x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
||
if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
|
||
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
case FocusOut:
|
||
f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window);
|
||
if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer
|
||
&& f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
||
if (f && f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
|
||
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
if (f && FRAME_XIC (f))
|
||
XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f));
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
case MotionNotify:
|
||
{
|
||
if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
||
&& FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
||
f = last_mouse_frame;
|
||
else
|
||
f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar
|
||
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window);
|
||
|
||
if (bar)
|
||
x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event);
|
||
|
||
/* If we move outside the frame,
|
||
then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
|
||
clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
case ConfigureNotify:
|
||
f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window);
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
/* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
|
||
is called by the code that handles resizing
|
||
of the EmacsFrame widget. */
|
||
|
||
int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height);
|
||
int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width);
|
||
|
||
/* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
|
||
not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
|
||
to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
|
||
if (columns != f->width
|
||
|| rows != f->height
|
||
|| event.xconfigure.width != f->output_data.x->pixel_width
|
||
|| event.xconfigure.height != f->output_data.x->pixel_height)
|
||
{
|
||
change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1);
|
||
SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
||
cancel_mouse_face (f);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width;
|
||
f->output_data.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height;
|
||
|
||
/* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
|
||
Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
|
||
x_real_positions (f, &f->output_data.x->left_pos,
|
||
&f->output_data.x->top_pos);
|
||
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
|
||
we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
|
||
f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
||
x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
#ifdef USE_MOTIF
|
||
/* Some window managers pass (0,0) as the location of
|
||
the window, and the Motif event handler stores it
|
||
in the emacs widget, which messes up Motif menus. */
|
||
if (event.xconfigure.x == 0 && event.xconfigure.y == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
event.xconfigure.x = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x;
|
||
event.xconfigure.y = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
case ButtonPress:
|
||
case ButtonRelease:
|
||
{
|
||
/* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
|
||
by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
|
||
struct input_event emacs_event;
|
||
emacs_event.kind = no_event;
|
||
|
||
bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status));
|
||
|
||
if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
||
&& FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
||
f = last_mouse_frame;
|
||
else
|
||
f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window);
|
||
|
||
if (f)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
|
||
construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
struct scroll_bar *bar
|
||
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window);
|
||
|
||
if (bar)
|
||
x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (event.type == ButtonPress)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button);
|
||
last_mouse_frame = f;
|
||
/* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
|
||
before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
|
||
Emacs events should reflect only motion after
|
||
the ButtonPress. */
|
||
if (f != 0)
|
||
f->mouse_moved = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (numchars >= 1 && emacs_event.kind != no_event)
|
||
{
|
||
bcopy (&emacs_event, bufp, sizeof (struct input_event));
|
||
bufp++;
|
||
count++;
|
||
numchars--;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
f = x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window);
|
||
/* For a down-event in the menu bar,
|
||
don't pass it to Xt right now.
|
||
Instead, save it away
|
||
and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
|
||
That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
|
||
if (f && event.type == ButtonPress
|
||
/* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
|
||
and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
|
||
&& event.xbutton.x >= 0
|
||
&& event.xbutton.x < f->output_data.x->pixel_width
|
||
&& event.xbutton.y >= 0
|
||
&& event.xbutton.y < f->output_data.x->menubar_height
|
||
&& event.xbutton.same_screen)
|
||
{
|
||
SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
|
||
XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame, f);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (event.type == ButtonPress)
|
||
{
|
||
last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
}
|
||
#ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
|
||
but I am trying to be cautious. */
|
||
else if (event.type == ButtonRelease)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame))
|
||
{
|
||
f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame);
|
||
if (f->output_data.x)
|
||
{
|
||
SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
|
||
else
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case CirculateNotify:
|
||
break;
|
||
case CirculateRequest:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case MappingNotify:
|
||
/* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
|
||
local cache. */
|
||
switch (event.xmapping.request)
|
||
{
|
||
case MappingModifier:
|
||
x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo);
|
||
/* This is meant to fall through. */
|
||
case MappingKeyboard:
|
||
XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping);
|
||
}
|
||
goto OTHER;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
OTHER:
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
XtDispatchEvent (&event);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
|
||
when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
|
||
if (! event_found)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
|
||
One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
|
||
B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
|
||
x_noop_count++;
|
||
if (x_noop_count >= 100)
|
||
{
|
||
x_noop_count=0;
|
||
|
||
if (next_noop_dpyinfo == 0)
|
||
next_noop_dpyinfo = x_display_list;
|
||
|
||
XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo->display);
|
||
|
||
/* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
|
||
next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
|
||
raise it now. */
|
||
/* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
|
||
if (pending_autoraise_frame)
|
||
{
|
||
x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
|
||
pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
return count;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Drawing the cursor. */
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Draw a hollow box cursor on frame F at X, Y.
|
||
Don't change the inside of the box. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_draw_box (f, x, y)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
{
|
||
int left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
|
||
int top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
|
||
int width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font);
|
||
int height = f->output_data.x->line_height;
|
||
int c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (f->phys_cursor_glyph);
|
||
int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
|
||
|
||
XGCValues xgcv;
|
||
unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
|
||
|
||
xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
|
||
|
||
/* cursor_gc's foreground color is typically the same as the normal
|
||
background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
|
||
XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
|
||
mask, &xgcv);
|
||
else
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
|
||
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
|
||
|
||
/* If cursor is on a multi-column character, multiply WIDTH by columns. */
|
||
width *= (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION
|
||
? cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (c)]->width
|
||
: CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
|
||
XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
|
||
left, top, width - 1, height - 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color,
|
||
and mark the cursor as not shown.
|
||
This is used when the text where the cursor is
|
||
is about to be rewritten. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
clear_cursor (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
|
||
if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
|
||
|| ! f->phys_cursor_on)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
x_update_cursor (f, 0);
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style
|
||
HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the
|
||
glyph drawn. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int row, column;
|
||
GLYPH glyph;
|
||
int highlight;
|
||
{
|
||
dumpglyphs (f,
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row),
|
||
&glyph, 1, highlight, 0, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, x, y)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int on;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
||
|
||
/* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
||
frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
||
changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame. */
|
||
if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (! on && ! f->phys_cursor_on)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */
|
||
if (f->phys_cursor_on
|
||
&& (!on
|
||
|| f->phys_cursor_x != x
|
||
|| f->phys_cursor_y != y
|
||
|| f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
||
x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
||
f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
||
current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]);
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */
|
||
if (on
|
||
&& (! f->phys_cursor_on
|
||
|| (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
|
||
{
|
||
f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
||
= ((current_glyphs->enable[y]
|
||
&& x < current_glyphs->used[y])
|
||
? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x]
|
||
: SPACEGLYPH);
|
||
XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
f->output_data.x->cursor_gc,
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
||
max (f->output_data.x->cursor_width, 1),
|
||
f->output_data.x->line_height);
|
||
|
||
f->phys_cursor_x = x;
|
||
f->phys_cursor_y = y;
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 1;
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->current_cursor = bar_cursor;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (updating_frame != f)
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON.
|
||
If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified by X and Y. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
x_display_box_cursor (f, on, x, y)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int on;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
{
|
||
struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
||
|
||
/* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
||
frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
||
changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame. */
|
||
if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
|
||
if (!on && ! f->phys_cursor_on)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be
|
||
or it is in the wrong place,
|
||
or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!)
|
||
erase it. */
|
||
if (f->phys_cursor_on
|
||
&& (!on
|
||
|| f->phys_cursor_x != x
|
||
|| f->phys_cursor_y != y
|
||
|| (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor
|
||
&& (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame))))
|
||
{
|
||
int mouse_face_here = 0;
|
||
struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
||
|
||
/* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
|
||
we clear the cursor. */
|
||
if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame
|
||
&&
|
||
(f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
||
|| (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
||
&& f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col))
|
||
&&
|
||
(f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
||
|| (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
||
&& f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col))
|
||
/* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face
|
||
if it is at the end of a line (on a newline).
|
||
The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */
|
||
&& active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
||
mouse_face_here = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
|
||
we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */
|
||
if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font) != f->output_data.x->line_height)
|
||
XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
|
||
CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
|
||
FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
|
||
f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
|
||
/* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
||
x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
||
f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
||
(mouse_face_here
|
||
? 3
|
||
: current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we want to show a cursor,
|
||
or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
|
||
write it in the right place. */
|
||
if (on
|
||
&& (! f->phys_cursor_on
|
||
|| (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
|
||
&& f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)))
|
||
{
|
||
f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
||
= ((current_glyphs->enable[y]
|
||
&& x < current_glyphs->used[y])
|
||
? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x]
|
||
: SPACEGLYPH);
|
||
if (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)
|
||
{
|
||
x_draw_box (f, x, y);
|
||
f->output_data.x->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
x_draw_single_glyph (f, y, x,
|
||
f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2);
|
||
f->output_data.x->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
f->phys_cursor_x = x;
|
||
f->phys_cursor_y = y;
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (updating_frame != f)
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON.
|
||
Also set the frame's cursor position to X and Y. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_display_cursor (f, on, x, y)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int on;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
if ((unsigned) x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)
|
||
|| (unsigned) y >= FRAME_HEIGHT (f))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
|
||
x_display_box_cursor (f, on, x, y);
|
||
else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
|
||
x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, x, y);
|
||
else
|
||
/* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON.
|
||
Don't change the cursor's position. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_update_cursor (f, on)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int on;
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
|
||
x_display_box_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y);
|
||
else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
|
||
x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y);
|
||
else
|
||
/* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Icons. */
|
||
|
||
/* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F
|
||
when we get an expose event for it. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
refreshicon (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
x_bitmap_icon (f, file)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
Lisp_Object file;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask, bitmap_id;
|
||
Window icon_window;
|
||
|
||
if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0)
|
||
x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap);
|
||
f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (STRINGP (file))
|
||
bitmap_id = x_create_bitmap_from_file (f, file);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id < 0)
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id
|
||
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits,
|
||
gnu_width, gnu_height);
|
||
|
||
/* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
|
||
this increments the refcount one extra time.
|
||
As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
|
||
That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
|
||
x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id);
|
||
|
||
bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, bitmap_id);
|
||
f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = bitmap_id;
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
|
||
Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
x_text_icon (f, icon_name)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
char *icon_name;
|
||
{
|
||
if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R4
|
||
{
|
||
XTextProperty text;
|
||
text.value = (unsigned char *) icon_name;
|
||
text.encoding = XA_STRING;
|
||
text.format = 8;
|
||
text.nitems = strlen (icon_name);
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget),
|
||
&text);
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), &text);
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
}
|
||
#else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
|
||
XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), icon_name);
|
||
#endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
|
||
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0)
|
||
x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap);
|
||
f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0;
|
||
x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0);
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
|
||
|
||
/* If non-nil, this should be a string.
|
||
It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
|
||
|
||
static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string;
|
||
|
||
/* An X error handler which stores the error message in
|
||
x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
|
||
x_catch_errors is in effect. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
x_error_catcher (display, error)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
XErrorEvent *error;
|
||
{
|
||
XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code,
|
||
XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data,
|
||
X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
|
||
for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
|
||
operating on.
|
||
|
||
After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
|
||
Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
|
||
stored in x_error_message_string.
|
||
|
||
Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
|
||
occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
|
||
|
||
Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
|
||
|
||
void x_check_errors ();
|
||
static Lisp_Object x_catch_errors_unwind ();
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
x_catch_errors (dpy)
|
||
Display *dpy;
|
||
{
|
||
int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
|
||
XSync (dpy, False);
|
||
|
||
record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind, x_error_message_string);
|
||
|
||
x_error_message_string = make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE);
|
||
XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0;
|
||
|
||
return count;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
|
||
|
||
static Lisp_Object
|
||
x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
|
||
Lisp_Object old_val;
|
||
{
|
||
x_error_message_string = old_val;
|
||
return Qnil;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
|
||
x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
|
||
sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_check_errors (dpy, format)
|
||
Display *dpy;
|
||
char *format;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
|
||
XSync (dpy, False);
|
||
|
||
if (XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0])
|
||
error (format, XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
|
||
since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
x_had_errors_p (dpy)
|
||
Display *dpy;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
|
||
XSync (dpy, False);
|
||
|
||
return XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] != 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
x_clear_errors (dpy)
|
||
Display *dpy;
|
||
{
|
||
XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
|
||
DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
|
||
COUNT should be the value that was returned by
|
||
the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
|
||
Display *dpy;
|
||
int count;
|
||
{
|
||
unbind_to (count, Qnil);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
static unsigned int x_wire_count;
|
||
x_trace_wire ()
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* ! 0 */
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
|
||
simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
|
||
Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
|
||
SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
|
||
which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
|
||
|
||
static SIGTYPE
|
||
x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */
|
||
int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef USG
|
||
/* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
|
||
must reestablish each time */
|
||
signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal);
|
||
#endif /* USG */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handling X errors. */
|
||
|
||
/* Handle the loss of connection to display DISPLAY. */
|
||
|
||
static SIGTYPE
|
||
x_connection_closed (display, error_message)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
char *error_message;
|
||
{
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (display);
|
||
Lisp_Object frame, tail;
|
||
|
||
/* Indicate that this display is dead. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XtCloseDisplay (display);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->display = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* First delete frames whose minibuffers are on frames
|
||
that are on the dead display. */
|
||
FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object minibuf_frame;
|
||
minibuf_frame
|
||
= WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame))));
|
||
if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame))
|
||
&& FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame))
|
||
&& ! EQ (frame, minibuf_frame)
|
||
&& FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo)
|
||
Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
|
||
We are now sure none of these is used as the minibuffer
|
||
for another frame that we need to delete. */
|
||
FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
||
if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame))
|
||
&& FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
|
||
trying to find a replacement. */
|
||
FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame = Qt;
|
||
Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (dpyinfo)
|
||
x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
|
||
|
||
if (x_display_list == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", error_message);
|
||
shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil);
|
||
exit (70);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
|
||
#ifdef SIGIO
|
||
sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO));
|
||
#endif
|
||
sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM));
|
||
TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
clear_waiting_for_input ();
|
||
error ("%s", error_message);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
|
||
It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
|
||
If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
x_error_quitter (display, error)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
XErrorEvent *error;
|
||
{
|
||
char buf[256], buf1[356];
|
||
|
||
/* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
|
||
original error handler. */
|
||
|
||
XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf));
|
||
sprintf (buf1, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
|
||
buf, error->request_code);
|
||
x_connection_closed (display, buf1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
|
||
It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
x_error_handler (display, error)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
XErrorEvent *error;
|
||
{
|
||
char buf[256], buf1[356];
|
||
|
||
if (! NILP (x_error_message_string))
|
||
x_error_catcher (display, error);
|
||
else
|
||
x_error_quitter (display, error);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
|
||
It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
|
||
If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
x_io_error_quitter (display)
|
||
Display *display;
|
||
{
|
||
char buf[256];
|
||
|
||
sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display));
|
||
x_connection_closed (display, buf);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Changing the font of the frame. */
|
||
|
||
/* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
|
||
return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
|
||
pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
|
||
The return value shows which font we chose. */
|
||
|
||
Lisp_Object
|
||
x_new_font (f, fontname)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
register char *fontname;
|
||
{
|
||
struct font_info *fontp
|
||
= fs_load_font (f, FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f), CHARSET_ASCII, fontname, -1);
|
||
|
||
if (!fontp)
|
||
return Qnil;
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->font = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
|
||
f->output_data.x->font_baseline
|
||
= (f->output_data.x->font->ascent + fontp->baseline_offset);
|
||
f->output_data.x->fontset = -1;
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
|
||
if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font);
|
||
f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font);
|
||
f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now make the frame display the given font. */
|
||
if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
|
||
f->output_data.x->font->fid);
|
||
XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->reverse_gc,
|
||
f->output_data.x->font->fid);
|
||
XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->cursor_gc,
|
||
f->output_data.x->font->fid);
|
||
|
||
frame_update_line_height (f);
|
||
x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
/* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
|
||
there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
|
||
f->output_data.x->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font);
|
||
|
||
return build_string (fontp->full_name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
|
||
return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
|
||
pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
|
||
The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
|
||
|
||
Lisp_Object
|
||
x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
char *fontsetname;
|
||
{
|
||
int fontset = fs_query_fontset (f, fontsetname);
|
||
struct fontset_info *fontsetp;
|
||
Lisp_Object result;
|
||
|
||
if (fontset < 0)
|
||
return Qnil;
|
||
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->fontset == fontset)
|
||
/* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
|
||
to do. */
|
||
return build_string (fontsetname);
|
||
|
||
fontsetp = FRAME_FONTSET_DATA (f)->fontset_table[fontset];
|
||
|
||
if (!fontsetp->fontname[CHARSET_ASCII])
|
||
/* This fontset doesn't contain ASCII font. */
|
||
return Qnil;
|
||
|
||
result = x_new_font (f, fontsetp->fontname[CHARSET_ASCII]);
|
||
|
||
if (!STRINGP (result))
|
||
/* Can't load ASCII font. */
|
||
return Qnil;
|
||
|
||
/* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
|
||
f->output_data.x->fontset = fontset;
|
||
FS_LOAD_FONT (f, FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f),
|
||
CHARSET_ASCII, fontsetp->fontname[CHARSET_ASCII], fontset);
|
||
|
||
return build_string (fontsetname);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
|
||
from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_calc_absolute_position (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
Window win, child;
|
||
int win_x = 0, win_y = 0;
|
||
int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags;
|
||
int this_window;
|
||
|
||
/* We have nothing to do if the current position
|
||
is already for the top-left corner. */
|
||
if (! ((flags & XNegative) || (flags & YNegative)))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
this_window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
#else
|
||
this_window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
|
||
the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
|
||
But do this only if we will need the results. */
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
|
||
{
|
||
int count;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
|
||
/* From-window, to-window. */
|
||
this_window,
|
||
f->output_data.x->parent_desc,
|
||
|
||
/* From-position, to-position. */
|
||
0, 0, &win_x, &win_y,
|
||
|
||
/* Child of win. */
|
||
&child);
|
||
if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)))
|
||
{
|
||
Window newroot, newparent = 0xdeadbeef;
|
||
Window *newchildren;
|
||
int nchildren;
|
||
|
||
if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), this_window, &newroot,
|
||
&newparent, &newchildren, &nchildren))
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
XFree ((char *) newchildren);
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->parent_desc = newparent;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
|
||
position that fits on the screen. */
|
||
if (flags & XNegative)
|
||
f->output_data.x->left_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
|
||
- 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_x
|
||
- PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
||
+ f->output_data.x->left_pos);
|
||
|
||
if (flags & YNegative)
|
||
/* We used to subtract f->output_data.x->menubar_height here
|
||
in the toolkit case, but PIXEL_HEIGHT already includes that. */
|
||
f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
|
||
- 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_y
|
||
- PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
|
||
+ f->output_data.x->top_pos);
|
||
|
||
/* The left_pos and top_pos
|
||
are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
|
||
so the flags should correspond. */
|
||
f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
|
||
to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
|
||
x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
|
||
position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
|
||
which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
register int xoff, yoff;
|
||
int change_gravity;
|
||
{
|
||
int modified_top, modified_left;
|
||
|
||
if (change_gravity > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
f->output_data.x->top_pos = yoff;
|
||
f->output_data.x->left_pos = xoff;
|
||
f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
||
if (xoff < 0)
|
||
f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
|
||
if (yoff < 0)
|
||
f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
|
||
f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
||
}
|
||
x_calc_absolute_position (f);
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
||
|
||
modified_left = f->output_data.x->left_pos;
|
||
modified_top = f->output_data.x->top_pos;
|
||
#if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
|
||
this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
|
||
/* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
|
||
when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
|
||
if (change_gravity != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
modified_left += f->output_data.x->border_width;
|
||
modified_top += f->output_data.x->border_width;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget),
|
||
modified_left, modified_top);
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
modified_left, modified_top);
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
|
||
If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
|
||
for this size change and subsequent size changes.
|
||
Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int change_gravity;
|
||
int cols, rows;
|
||
{
|
||
int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
|
||
int mask;
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
{
|
||
/* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
|
||
call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
|
||
This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
|
||
figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
|
||
int xpos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x;
|
||
int ypos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y;
|
||
EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, cols, rows);
|
||
f->output_data.x->widget->core.x = xpos;
|
||
f->output_data.x->widget->core.y = ypos;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
|
||
f->output_data.x->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
|
||
= (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
|
||
? 0
|
||
: FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
||
? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
||
: (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)));
|
||
pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
|
||
pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
||
x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
||
|
||
XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), False);
|
||
XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
pixelwidth, pixelheight);
|
||
|
||
/* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
|
||
but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
|
||
change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
|
||
ConfigureNotify event gets here.
|
||
|
||
We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
|
||
and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
|
||
might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes
|
||
wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
|
||
point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */
|
||
change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0);
|
||
PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
|
||
PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
|
||
|
||
/* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
|
||
receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
|
||
for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
|
||
we have to make sure to do it here. */
|
||
SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
||
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
/* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
|
||
if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
|
||
|| f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
|
||
{
|
||
f->phys_cursor_x = 0;
|
||
f->phys_cursor_y = 0;
|
||
f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
|
||
since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
|
||
Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
|
||
so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
|
||
cancel_mouse_face (f);
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mouse warping. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
{
|
||
int pix_x, pix_y;
|
||
|
||
pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) / 2;
|
||
pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.x->line_height / 2;
|
||
|
||
if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
|
||
if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
|
||
|
||
if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
|
||
if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int pix_x, pix_y;
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_focus_on_frame (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
#if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
|
||
x_raise_frame (f);
|
||
#endif
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
|
||
without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
|
||
doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
|
||
XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
|
||
RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime);
|
||
#endif /* ! 0 */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_unfocus_frame (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame == f)
|
||
XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), PointerRoot,
|
||
RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime);
|
||
#endif /* ! 0 */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Raise frame F. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_raise_frame (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
if (f->async_visible)
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget));
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Lower frame F. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_lower_frame (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
if (f->async_visible)
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget));
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
int raise_flag;
|
||
{
|
||
if (raise_flag)
|
||
x_raise_frame (f);
|
||
else
|
||
x_lower_frame (f);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Change of visibility. */
|
||
|
||
/* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
|
||
However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
|
||
the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
|
||
The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
|
||
but it will become visible later when the window manager
|
||
finishes with it. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_make_frame_visible (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
Lisp_Object type;
|
||
int starting_flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags;
|
||
int original_top, original_left;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
type = x_icon_type (f);
|
||
if (!NILP (type))
|
||
x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
|
||
|
||
if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
||
{
|
||
/* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
|
||
call x_set_offset a second time
|
||
if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
|
||
before the window gets really visible. */
|
||
if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
|
||
&& ! f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible)
|
||
x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0);
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible = 1;
|
||
|
||
if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt))
|
||
x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState);
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
/* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
|
||
XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
#if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
|
||
if the window configuration has changed. They seem
|
||
to come back ok without this. */
|
||
if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
|
||
XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
|
||
/* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
|
||
before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
|
||
so that incoming events are handled. */
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object frame;
|
||
int count = input_signal_count;
|
||
/* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
|
||
since events that arrive in response to the actions above
|
||
will set it when they are handled. */
|
||
int previously_visible = f->output_data.x->has_been_visible;
|
||
|
||
original_left = f->output_data.x->left_pos;
|
||
original_top = f->output_data.x->top_pos;
|
||
|
||
/* This must come after we set COUNT. */
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
/* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
|
||
|
||
/* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
|
||
But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
|
||
When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
|
||
that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
|
||
|
||
Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
|
||
because the window manager may choose the position
|
||
and we don't want to override it. */
|
||
|
||
if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
|
||
&& f->output_data.x->win_gravity == NorthWestGravity
|
||
&& previously_visible)
|
||
{
|
||
Drawable rootw;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
unsigned int width, height, border, depth;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
/* On some window managers (Such as FVWM) moving an existing window,
|
||
even to the same place, causes the window manager to introduce
|
||
an offset. This can cause the window to move to an unexpected
|
||
location. Check the geometry (A little slow here) and then verify
|
||
that the window is in the right place. If the window is not in
|
||
the right place, move it there, and take the potential window
|
||
manager hit. */
|
||
|
||
XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
|
||
&rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth);
|
||
|
||
if (original_left != x || original_top != y)
|
||
XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
|
||
original_left, original_top);
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
||
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
x_sync (f);
|
||
/* Once we have handled input events,
|
||
we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
||
So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
||
Some window managers make their own decisions
|
||
about visibility. */
|
||
if (input_signal_count != count)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
|
||
to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
|
||
to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
|
||
We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
|
||
isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
|
||
if (input_polling_used ())
|
||
{
|
||
/* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
|
||
the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
|
||
alarm (0);
|
||
input_poll_signal (0);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Once we have handled input events,
|
||
we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
||
So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
||
Some window managers make their own decisions
|
||
about visibility. */
|
||
if (input_signal_count != count)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
|
||
|
||
/* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_make_frame_invisible (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
Window window;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
/* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
|
||
window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
/* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
|
||
|
||
#if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
|
||
if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified)
|
||
return;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
/* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
|
||
that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
|
||
program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
|
||
placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
|
||
by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
|
||
x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 1);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R4
|
||
|
||
if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window,
|
||
DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))))
|
||
{
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
|
||
error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
|
||
}
|
||
#else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
|
||
|
||
/* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
|
||
if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt))
|
||
{
|
||
XEvent unmap;
|
||
|
||
unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
|
||
unmap.xunmap.window = window;
|
||
unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False;
|
||
if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)),
|
||
False,
|
||
SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask,
|
||
&unmap))
|
||
{
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
|
||
error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
|
||
XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window);
|
||
#endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
|
||
|
||
/* We can't distinguish this from iconification
|
||
just by the event that we get from the server.
|
||
So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
|
||
FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
|
||
and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
|
||
f->visible = 0;
|
||
FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
|
||
f->async_visible = 0;
|
||
f->async_iconified = 0;
|
||
|
||
x_sync (f);
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_iconify_frame (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
int mask;
|
||
int result;
|
||
Lisp_Object type;
|
||
|
||
/* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
||
if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
|
||
FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (f->async_iconified)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
|
||
|
||
type = x_icon_type (f);
|
||
if (!NILP (type))
|
||
x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
|
||
if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
||
{
|
||
if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt))
|
||
x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState);
|
||
/* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
|
||
XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
/* The server won't give us any event to indicate
|
||
that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
|
||
so we have to record it here. */
|
||
f->iconified = 1;
|
||
f->visible = 1;
|
||
f->async_iconified = 1;
|
||
f->async_visible = 0;
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
result = XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget),
|
||
DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
if (!result)
|
||
error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
|
||
|
||
f->async_iconified = 1;
|
||
f->async_visible = 0;
|
||
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
|
||
in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
|
||
if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f))
|
||
x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
|
||
the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
|
||
|
||
/* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
|
||
WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
|
||
{
|
||
XEvent message;
|
||
|
||
message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
message.xclient.type = ClientMessage;
|
||
message.xclient.message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_wm_change_state;
|
||
message.xclient.format = 32;
|
||
message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState;
|
||
|
||
if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
|
||
DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)),
|
||
False,
|
||
SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask,
|
||
&message))
|
||
{
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
|
||
error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
|
||
IconicState. */
|
||
x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState);
|
||
|
||
if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
|
||
XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
f->async_iconified = 1;
|
||
f->async_visible = 0;
|
||
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_destroy_window (f)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
{
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
/* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
|
||
commands to the X server. */
|
||
if (dpyinfo->display != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->icon_desc != 0)
|
||
XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->icon_desc);
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
if (FRAME_XIM (f))
|
||
{
|
||
XDestroyIC (FRAME_XIC (f));
|
||
#if ! defined (SOLARIS2) || defined (HAVE_X11R6)
|
||
/* This line causes crashes on Solaris with Openwin,
|
||
due to an apparent bug in XCloseIM.
|
||
X11R6 seems not to have the bug. */
|
||
XCloseIM (FRAME_XIM (f));
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->window_desc);
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
free_frame_menubar (f);
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
free_frame_faces (f);
|
||
XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event)
|
||
free (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event);
|
||
|
||
xfree (f->output_data.x);
|
||
f->output_data.x = 0;
|
||
if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
|
||
if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
||
if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
|
||
dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->reference_count--;
|
||
|
||
if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
|
||
= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
|
||
= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Setting window manager hints. */
|
||
|
||
/* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
|
||
FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
|
||
that the window now has.
|
||
If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
|
||
flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
long flags;
|
||
int user_position;
|
||
{
|
||
XSizeHints size_hints;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
Arg al[2];
|
||
int ac = 0;
|
||
Dimension widget_width, widget_height;
|
||
Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
/* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
|
||
size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */;
|
||
|
||
flexlines = f->height;
|
||
|
||
size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos;
|
||
size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++;
|
||
XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++;
|
||
XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac);
|
||
size_hints.height = widget_height;
|
||
size_hints.width = widget_width;
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
|
||
size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font);
|
||
size_hints.height_inc = f->output_data.x->line_height;
|
||
size_hints.max_width
|
||
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0);
|
||
size_hints.max_height
|
||
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
|
||
|
||
(When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
|
||
Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
|
||
#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
{
|
||
int base_width, base_height;
|
||
int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0;
|
||
|
||
base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0);
|
||
base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0);
|
||
|
||
check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols);
|
||
|
||
/* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
|
||
current number of rows and columns in the frame while
|
||
resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
|
||
purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
|
||
zero-row, zero-column frame.
|
||
|
||
We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
|
||
them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
|
||
to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R4
|
||
size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize;
|
||
size_hints.base_width = base_width;
|
||
size_hints.base_height = base_height;
|
||
size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc;
|
||
size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc;
|
||
#else
|
||
size_hints.min_width = base_width;
|
||
size_hints.min_height = base_height;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
|
||
if (flags)
|
||
{
|
||
size_hints.flags |= flags;
|
||
goto no_read;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
|
||
long supplied_return;
|
||
int value;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R4
|
||
value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints,
|
||
&supplied_return);
|
||
#else
|
||
value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height;
|
||
size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width;
|
||
size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height;
|
||
size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (flags)
|
||
size_hints.flags |= flags;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (value == 0)
|
||
hints.flags = 0;
|
||
if (hints.flags & PSize)
|
||
size_hints.flags |= PSize;
|
||
if (hints.flags & PPosition)
|
||
size_hints.flags |= PPosition;
|
||
if (hints.flags & USPosition)
|
||
size_hints.flags |= USPosition;
|
||
if (hints.flags & USSize)
|
||
size_hints.flags |= USSize;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
no_read:
|
||
|
||
#ifdef PWinGravity
|
||
size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity;
|
||
size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity;
|
||
|
||
if (user_position)
|
||
{
|
||
size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition;
|
||
size_hints.flags |= USPosition;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* PWinGravity */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R4
|
||
XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
|
||
#else
|
||
XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
|
||
void
|
||
x_wm_set_window_state (f, state)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int state;
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
Arg al[1];
|
||
|
||
XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state);
|
||
XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint;
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state;
|
||
|
||
XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int pixmap_id;
|
||
{
|
||
Pixmap icon_pixmap;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
#else
|
||
Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (pixmap_id > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id);
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
|
||
The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
|
||
for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
|
||
Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
|
||
but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
|
||
right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
|
||
best to explicitly give up. */
|
||
#if 0
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None;
|
||
#else
|
||
return;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
Arg al[1];
|
||
XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap);
|
||
XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
|
||
XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
|
||
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
int icon_x, icon_y;
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
|
||
#else
|
||
Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
|
||
f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
|
||
|
||
XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Interface to fontset handler. */
|
||
|
||
/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
|
||
struct font_info *
|
||
x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
int font_idx;
|
||
{
|
||
return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame
|
||
F. If SIZE is not 0, it is the size (maximum bound width) of fonts
|
||
to be listed. Frame F NULL means we have not yet created any
|
||
frame on X, and consult the first display in x_display_list.
|
||
MAXNAMES sets a limit on how many fonts to match. */
|
||
|
||
Lisp_Object
|
||
x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
|
||
FRAME_PTR f;
|
||
Lisp_Object pattern;
|
||
int size;
|
||
int maxnames;
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key, tem, second_best;
|
||
Display *dpy = f != NULL ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) : x_display_list->display;
|
||
int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
|
||
|
||
patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist);
|
||
if (NILP (patterns))
|
||
patterns = Fcons (pattern, Qnil);
|
||
|
||
if (maxnames == 1 && !size)
|
||
/* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
|
||
try_XLoadQueryFont = 1;
|
||
|
||
for (; CONSP (patterns); patterns = XCONS (patterns)->cdr)
|
||
{
|
||
int num_fonts;
|
||
char **names;
|
||
|
||
pattern = XCONS (patterns)->car;
|
||
/* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
|
||
The cache is an alist of the form:
|
||
(((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...)
|
||
*/
|
||
if (f && (tem = XCONS (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->name_list_element)->cdr,
|
||
key = Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames)),
|
||
!NILP (list = Fassoc (key, tem))))
|
||
{
|
||
list = Fcdr_safe (list);
|
||
/* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
|
||
goto label_cached;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
if (try_XLoadQueryFont)
|
||
{
|
||
XFontStruct *font;
|
||
unsigned long value;
|
||
|
||
font = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, XSTRING (pattern)->data);
|
||
if (font
|
||
&& XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value))
|
||
{
|
||
char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy, (Atom) value);
|
||
int len = strlen (name);
|
||
char *tmp;
|
||
|
||
/* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
|
||
Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
|
||
string. We must avoid such a name. */
|
||
if (len == 0)
|
||
try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
num_fonts = 1;
|
||
names = (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
|
||
/* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
|
||
simple var. */
|
||
tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 1); names[0] = tmp;
|
||
bcopy (name, names[0], len + 1);
|
||
XFree (name);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (font)
|
||
XFreeFont (dpy, font);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!try_XLoadQueryFont)
|
||
/* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
|
||
auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
|
||
names = XListFonts (dpy, XSTRING (pattern)->data, max (maxnames, 10),
|
||
&num_fonts);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
if (names)
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
|
||
Store that in the font cache for the display. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
char *p = names[i];
|
||
int average_width = -1, dashes = 0, width = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
|
||
14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
|
||
(AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
|
||
is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's
|
||
ignore it. */
|
||
while (*p)
|
||
if (*p++ == '-')
|
||
{
|
||
dashes++;
|
||
if (dashes == 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
|
||
width = atoi (p);
|
||
else if (dashes == 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
|
||
average_width = atoi (p);
|
||
}
|
||
if (dashes < 14 || average_width != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
tem = build_string (names[i]);
|
||
if (NILP (Fassoc (tem, list)))
|
||
{
|
||
if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp)
|
||
&& ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
|
||
(Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp, names[i]))
|
||
>= 0))
|
||
/* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
|
||
width of this font. */
|
||
list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, make_number (width)), list);
|
||
else
|
||
/* For the moment, width is not known. */
|
||
list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, Qnil), list);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (!try_XLoadQueryFont)
|
||
XFreeFontNames (names);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now store the result in the cache. */
|
||
if (f != NULL)
|
||
XCONS (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->name_list_element)->cdr
|
||
= Fcons (Fcons (key, list),
|
||
XCONS (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->name_list_element)->cdr);
|
||
|
||
label_cached:
|
||
if (NILP (list)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
|
||
|
||
newlist = second_best = Qnil;
|
||
/* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
|
||
for (; CONSP (list); list = XCONS (list)->cdr)
|
||
{
|
||
int found_size;
|
||
|
||
tem = XCONS (list)->car;
|
||
|
||
if (!CONSP (tem) || NILP (XCONS (tem)->car))
|
||
continue;
|
||
if (!size)
|
||
{
|
||
newlist = Fcons (XCONS (tem)->car, newlist);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!INTEGERP (XCONS (tem)->cdr))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
|
||
must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
|
||
XFontStruct *thisinfo;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
thisinfo = XLoadQueryFont (dpy,
|
||
XSTRING (XCONS (tem)->car)->data);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
if (thisinfo)
|
||
{
|
||
XCONS (tem)->cdr
|
||
= (thisinfo->min_bounds.width == 0
|
||
? make_number (0)
|
||
: make_number (thisinfo->max_bounds.width));
|
||
XFreeFont (dpy, thisinfo);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
/* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
|
||
retruned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
|
||
as 0 not to try to open it again. */
|
||
XCONS (tem)->cdr = make_number (0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
found_size = XINT (XCONS (tem)->cdr);
|
||
if (found_size == size)
|
||
newlist = Fcons (XCONS (tem)->car, newlist);
|
||
else if (found_size > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (NILP (second_best))
|
||
second_best = tem;
|
||
else if (found_size < size)
|
||
{
|
||
if (XINT (XCONS (second_best)->cdr) > size
|
||
|| XINT (XCONS (second_best)->cdr) < found_size)
|
||
second_best = tem;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (XINT (XCONS (second_best)->cdr) > size
|
||
&& XINT (XCONS (second_best)->cdr) > found_size)
|
||
second_best = tem;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (!NILP (newlist))
|
||
break;
|
||
else if (!NILP (second_best))
|
||
{
|
||
newlist = Fcons (XCONS (second_best)->car, Qnil);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return newlist;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
|
||
pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
|
||
If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
|
||
If loading is failed, return NULL. */
|
||
|
||
struct font_info *
|
||
x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
register char *fontname;
|
||
int size;
|
||
{
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
||
Lisp_Object font_names;
|
||
|
||
/* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
|
||
have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
|
||
we already have by comparing names. */
|
||
font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1);
|
||
|
||
if (!NILP (font_names))
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object tail;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
|
||
for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
||
if (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name,
|
||
XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data)
|
||
|| !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name,
|
||
XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data))
|
||
return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Load the font and add it to the table. */
|
||
{
|
||
char *full_name;
|
||
XFontStruct *font;
|
||
struct font_info *fontp;
|
||
unsigned long value;
|
||
|
||
/* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
|
||
not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
|
||
because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
|
||
a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
|
||
is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
|
||
if (size > 0 && !NILP (font_names))
|
||
fontname = (char *) XSTRING (XCONS (font_names)->car)->data;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), fontname);
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
if (!font)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Do we need to create the table? */
|
||
if (dpyinfo->font_table_size == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->font_table_size = 16;
|
||
dpyinfo->font_table
|
||
= (struct font_info *) xmalloc (dpyinfo->font_table_size
|
||
* sizeof (struct font_info));
|
||
}
|
||
/* Do we need to grow the table? */
|
||
else if (dpyinfo->n_fonts
|
||
>= dpyinfo->font_table_size)
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->font_table_size *= 2;
|
||
dpyinfo->font_table
|
||
= (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table,
|
||
(dpyinfo->font_table_size
|
||
* sizeof (struct font_info)));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + dpyinfo->n_fonts;
|
||
|
||
/* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
fontp->font = font;
|
||
fontp->font_idx = dpyinfo->n_fonts;
|
||
fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
||
bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
|
||
full_name = 0;
|
||
if (XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value))
|
||
{
|
||
char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), (Atom) value);
|
||
char *p = name;
|
||
int dashes = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
|
||
If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
|
||
so don't use it.
|
||
In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
|
||
stored in them. */
|
||
while (*p)
|
||
{
|
||
if (*p == '-')
|
||
dashes++;
|
||
p++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (dashes >= 13)
|
||
{
|
||
full_name = (char *) xmalloc (p - name + 1);
|
||
bcopy (name, full_name, p - name + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XFree (name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (full_name != 0)
|
||
fontp->full_name = full_name;
|
||
else
|
||
fontp->full_name = fontp->name;
|
||
|
||
fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width;
|
||
fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
|
||
{
|
||
/* For some font, ascent and descent in max_bounds field is
|
||
larger than the above value. */
|
||
int max_height = font->max_bounds.ascent + font->max_bounds.descent;
|
||
if (max_height > fontp->height)
|
||
fontp->height > max_height;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (NILP (font_names))
|
||
{
|
||
/* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
|
||
the head of this block. Let's store this information in
|
||
the cache for x_list_fonts. */
|
||
Lisp_Object lispy_name = build_string (fontname);
|
||
Lisp_Object lispy_full_name = build_string (fontp->full_name);
|
||
|
||
XCONS (dpyinfo->name_list_element)->cdr
|
||
= Fcons (Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name, make_number (256)),
|
||
Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name,
|
||
make_number (fontp->size)),
|
||
Qnil)),
|
||
XCONS (dpyinfo->name_list_element)->cdr);
|
||
if (full_name)
|
||
XCONS (dpyinfo->name_list_element)->cdr
|
||
= Fcons (Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, make_number (256)),
|
||
Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name,
|
||
make_number (fontp->size)),
|
||
Qnil)),
|
||
XCONS (dpyinfo->name_list_element)->cdr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
|
||
code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
|
||
the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF, 0:0x2020..0x7F7F,
|
||
the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF,
|
||
0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, or
|
||
2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
|
||
uses this font. So, we set informatoin in fontp->encoding[1]
|
||
which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
|
||
decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
|
||
fontp->encoding[1]
|
||
= (font->max_byte1 == 0
|
||
/* 1-byte font */
|
||
? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
|
||
? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
|
||
? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
|
||
: FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */
|
||
: 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
|
||
/* 2-byte font */
|
||
: (font->min_byte1 < 0x80
|
||
? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80
|
||
? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
|
||
? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
|
||
? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
|
||
: FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
|
||
: 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
|
||
: FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
|
||
: (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
|
||
? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
|
||
? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
|
||
: FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
|
||
: 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
|
||
|
||
fontp->baseline_offset
|
||
= (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value)
|
||
? (long) value : 0);
|
||
fontp->relative_compose
|
||
= (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value)
|
||
? (long) value : 0);
|
||
fontp->default_ascent
|
||
= (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value)
|
||
? (long) value : 0);
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
dpyinfo->n_fonts++;
|
||
|
||
return fontp;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for frame F.
|
||
If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
|
||
struct font_info *
|
||
x_query_font (f, fontname)
|
||
struct frame *f;
|
||
register char *fontname;
|
||
{
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
|
||
if (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname)
|
||
|| !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname))
|
||
return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the memer
|
||
`encoder' of the structure. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
|
||
struct font_info *fontp;
|
||
{
|
||
extern Lisp_Object Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist, Vccl_program_table;
|
||
extern Lisp_Object Qccl_program_idx;
|
||
extern Lisp_Object resolve_symbol_ccl_program ();
|
||
Lisp_Object list, elt, ccl_prog, ccl_id;
|
||
|
||
for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCONS (list)->cdr)
|
||
{
|
||
elt = XCONS (list)->car;
|
||
if (CONSP (elt)
|
||
&& STRINGP (XCONS (elt)->car)
|
||
&& (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCONS (elt)->car, fontp->name)
|
||
>= 0))
|
||
{
|
||
if (SYMBOLP (XCONS (elt)->cdr) &&
|
||
(!NILP (ccl_id = Fget (XCONS (elt)->cdr, Qccl_program_idx))))
|
||
{
|
||
ccl_prog = XVECTOR (Vccl_program_table)->contents[XUINT (ccl_id)];
|
||
if (!CONSP (ccl_prog)) continue;
|
||
ccl_prog = XCONS (ccl_prog)->cdr;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
ccl_prog = XCONS (elt)->cdr;
|
||
if (!VECTORP (ccl_prog)) continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fontp->font_encoder
|
||
= (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program));
|
||
setup_ccl_program (fontp->font_encoder,
|
||
resolve_symbol_ccl_program (ccl_prog));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Initialization. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
|
||
{"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
||
{"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
|
||
|
||
{"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
|
||
XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
||
{"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
||
|
||
{"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
||
{"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
||
{"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
||
{"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
||
{"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
||
{"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
||
{"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
|
||
};
|
||
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
static int x_initialized;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
|
||
/* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
|
||
the screen number from the server number. */
|
||
static int
|
||
same_x_server (name1, name2)
|
||
char *name1, *name2;
|
||
{
|
||
int seen_colon = 0;
|
||
unsigned char *system_name = XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data;
|
||
int system_name_length = strlen (system_name);
|
||
int length_until_period = 0;
|
||
|
||
while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0
|
||
&& system_name[length_until_period] != '.')
|
||
length_until_period++;
|
||
|
||
/* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
|
||
if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5))
|
||
name1 += 4;
|
||
if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5))
|
||
name2 += 4;
|
||
/* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
|
||
if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length)
|
||
&& name1[system_name_length] == ':')
|
||
name1 += system_name_length;
|
||
if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length)
|
||
&& name2[system_name_length] == ':')
|
||
name2 += system_name_length;
|
||
/* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
|
||
if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period)
|
||
&& name1[length_until_period] == ':')
|
||
name1 += length_until_period;
|
||
if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period)
|
||
&& name2[length_until_period] == ':')
|
||
name2 += length_until_period;
|
||
|
||
for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (*name1 == ':')
|
||
seen_colon++;
|
||
if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.')
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return (seen_colon
|
||
&& (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0')
|
||
&& (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0'));
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#if defined (HAVE_X_I18N) || (defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && defined (HAVE_X11XTR6))
|
||
/* Recover from setlocale (LC_ALL, ""). */
|
||
static void
|
||
fixup_locale ()
|
||
{
|
||
/* Currently we require strerror to use the "C" locale,
|
||
since we don't yet support decoding its string result. */
|
||
#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
|
||
setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, "C");
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* The Emacs Lisp reader needs LC_NUMERIC to be "C",
|
||
so that numbers are read and printed properly for Emacs Lisp. */
|
||
setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
|
||
|
||
/* Currently we require strftime to use the "C" locale,
|
||
since we don't yet support encoding its format argument,
|
||
or decoding its string result. */
|
||
setlocale (LC_TIME, "C");
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
struct x_display_info *
|
||
x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
|
||
Lisp_Object display_name;
|
||
char *xrm_option;
|
||
char *resource_name;
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object frame;
|
||
char *defaultvalue;
|
||
int connection;
|
||
Display *dpy;
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
XrmDatabase xrdb;
|
||
|
||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
if (!x_initialized)
|
||
{
|
||
x_initialize ();
|
||
x_initialized = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
|
||
setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
|
||
fixup_locale ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
/* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
|
||
errors with X11R5:
|
||
X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
|
||
on protocol request 18skiloaf.
|
||
So let's not use it until R6. */
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
|
||
XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
int argc = 0;
|
||
char *argv[3];
|
||
|
||
argv[0] = "";
|
||
argc = 1;
|
||
if (xrm_option)
|
||
{
|
||
argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
|
||
argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
|
||
}
|
||
dpy = XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con, XSTRING (display_name)->data,
|
||
resource_name, EMACS_CLASS,
|
||
emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options),
|
||
&argc, argv);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
|
||
/* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
|
||
fixup_locale ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R5
|
||
XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
|
||
#endif
|
||
dpy = XOpenDisplay (XSTRING (display_name)->data);
|
||
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
||
|
||
/* Detect failure. */
|
||
if (dpy == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info));
|
||
|
||
#ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
|
||
{
|
||
struct x_display_info *share;
|
||
Lisp_Object tail;
|
||
|
||
for (share = x_display_list, tail = x_display_name_list; share;
|
||
share = share->next, tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
||
if (same_x_server (XSTRING (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->car)->car)->data,
|
||
XSTRING (display_name)->data))
|
||
break;
|
||
if (share)
|
||
dpyinfo->kboard = share->kboard;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
dpyinfo->kboard = (KBOARD *) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD));
|
||
init_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard);
|
||
if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms)->function, Qunbound))
|
||
{
|
||
char *vendor = ServerVendor (dpy);
|
||
dpyinfo->kboard->Vsystem_key_alist
|
||
= call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms,
|
||
build_string (vendor ? vendor : ""));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards;
|
||
all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard;
|
||
/* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
|
||
That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
|
||
prompt in the minibuffer. */
|
||
if (current_kboard == initial_kboard)
|
||
current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard;
|
||
}
|
||
dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Put this display on the chain. */
|
||
dpyinfo->next = x_display_list;
|
||
x_display_list = dpyinfo;
|
||
|
||
/* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
|
||
x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
|
||
x_display_name_list);
|
||
dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (x_display_name_list)->car;
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->display = dpy;
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire);
|
||
#endif /* ! 0 */
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->x_id_name
|
||
= (char *) xmalloc (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name))
|
||
+ STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vsystem_name))
|
||
+ 2);
|
||
sprintf (dpyinfo->x_id_name, "%s@%s",
|
||
XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
|
||
|
||
/* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
|
||
x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo);
|
||
|
||
/* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
|
||
dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
|
||
= XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo->display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow);
|
||
|
||
xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option,
|
||
resource_name, EMACS_CLASS);
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
|
||
XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo->display, xrdb);
|
||
#else
|
||
dpyinfo->display->db = xrdb;
|
||
#endif
|
||
/* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
|
||
all versions. */
|
||
dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb;
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->screen = ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo->display,
|
||
DefaultScreen (dpyinfo->display));
|
||
dpyinfo->visual = select_visual (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->screen,
|
||
&dpyinfo->n_planes);
|
||
dpyinfo->height = HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
|
||
dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
|
||
dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
|
||
dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
||
dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_change_state
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_MOVED", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_editres
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "Editres", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "CLIPBOARD", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TIMESTAMP", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_TEXT
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TEXT", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_DELETE
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DELETE", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_MULTIPLE
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "MULTIPLE", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_INCR
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "INCR", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_EMACS_TMP_", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_TARGETS
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TARGETS", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_NULL
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "NULL", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "ATOM_PAIR", False);
|
||
/* For properties of font. */
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PIXEL_SIZE", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False);
|
||
dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
|
||
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False);
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0;
|
||
|
||
connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display);
|
||
dpyinfo->connection = connection;
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
char null_bits[1];
|
||
|
||
null_bits[0] = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
dpyinfo->null_pixel
|
||
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window,
|
||
null_bits, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
|
||
1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef subprocesses
|
||
/* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
|
||
if (connection != 0)
|
||
add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
|
||
#ifdef F_SETOWN
|
||
#ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
|
||
/* stdin is a socket here */
|
||
fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
|
||
#else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
||
fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
|
||
#endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
||
#endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
|
||
#endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef SIGIO
|
||
if (interrupt_input)
|
||
init_sigio (connection);
|
||
#endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_LUCID
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
|
||
/* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
|
||
so that Xt does not crash. */
|
||
{
|
||
Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display;
|
||
XrmValue d, fr, to;
|
||
Font font;
|
||
int count;
|
||
|
||
d.addr = (XPointer)&dpy;
|
||
d.size = sizeof (Display *);
|
||
fr.addr = XtDefaultFont;
|
||
fr.size = sizeof (XtDefaultFont);
|
||
to.size = sizeof (Font *);
|
||
to.addr = (XPointer)&font;
|
||
count = x_catch_errors (dpy);
|
||
if (!XtCallConverter (dpy, XtCvtStringToFont, &d, 1, &fr, &to, NULL))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
if (x_had_errors_p (dpy) || !XQueryFont (dpy, font))
|
||
XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
|
||
x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
|
||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||
|
||
return dpyinfo;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
|
||
and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
|
||
struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
||
{
|
||
delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo->connection);
|
||
|
||
/* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
|
||
We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
|
||
if (! NILP (x_display_name_list)
|
||
&& EQ (XCONS (x_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
||
x_display_name_list = XCONS (x_display_name_list)->cdr;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
Lisp_Object tail;
|
||
|
||
tail = x_display_name_list;
|
||
while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr))
|
||
{
|
||
if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car,
|
||
dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
||
{
|
||
XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (x_display_list == dpyinfo)
|
||
x_display_list = dpyinfo->next;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
struct x_display_info *tail;
|
||
|
||
for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next)
|
||
if (tail->next == dpyinfo)
|
||
tail->next = tail->next->next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
|
||
#ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
|
||
XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo->xrdb);
|
||
#endif
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
|
||
if (--dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count == 0)
|
||
delete_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard);
|
||
#endif
|
||
xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
|
||
xfree (dpyinfo->x_id_name);
|
||
xfree (dpyinfo);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
x_initialize ()
|
||
{
|
||
clear_frame_hook = XTclear_frame;
|
||
clear_end_of_line_hook = XTclear_end_of_line;
|
||
ins_del_lines_hook = XTins_del_lines;
|
||
change_line_highlight_hook = XTchange_line_highlight;
|
||
insert_glyphs_hook = XTinsert_glyphs;
|
||
write_glyphs_hook = XTwrite_glyphs;
|
||
delete_glyphs_hook = XTdelete_glyphs;
|
||
ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell;
|
||
reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes;
|
||
set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes;
|
||
update_begin_hook = XTupdate_begin;
|
||
update_end_hook = XTupdate_end;
|
||
set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window;
|
||
read_socket_hook = XTread_socket;
|
||
frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date;
|
||
cursor_to_hook = XTcursor_to;
|
||
reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight;
|
||
mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position;
|
||
frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight;
|
||
frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower;
|
||
set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar;
|
||
condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars;
|
||
redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar;
|
||
judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars;
|
||
|
||
scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
|
||
char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
|
||
line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
|
||
fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
|
||
memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
|
||
off the bottom */
|
||
baud_rate = 19200;
|
||
|
||
x_noop_count = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
|
||
Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
||
XtToolkitInitialize ();
|
||
Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext ();
|
||
XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
|
||
original error handler. */
|
||
XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler);
|
||
XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter);
|
||
|
||
/* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
|
||
#ifdef SIGWINCH
|
||
signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL);
|
||
#endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */
|
||
|
||
signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
syms_of_xterm ()
|
||
{
|
||
staticpro (&x_error_message_string);
|
||
x_error_message_string = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
staticpro (&x_display_name_list);
|
||
x_display_name_list = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
||
last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
||
|
||
staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
|
||
Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
|
||
|
||
staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame);
|
||
last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
|